Quarterlytics / Consumer Cyclical / Apparel - Footwear & Accessories / Caleres, Inc. / FY2010 Annual Report

Caleres, Inc.
Annual Report 2010

CAL · NYSE Consumer Cyclical
Claim this profile
Ticker CAL
Exchange NYSE
Sector Consumer Cyclical
Industry Apparel - Footwear & Accessories
Employees 4800
← All annual reports
FY2010 Annual Report · Caleres, Inc.
Loading PDF…
C

a

p

i

t

a

l

&

R

e

g

i

o

n

a

l

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

2

0

1

0

Annual Report 2010 

 
 
 
 
 
Contents

1: Business review

01  Our business
04  Chairman’s statement
05  Chief Executive’s statement
07  Operating review

2: Governance

20  Directors
22  Directors’ report
26  Statement of directors’ responsibilities
27  Directors’ remuneration report
33  Corporate governance report
37  Responsible business

3: Financial statements

 Consolidated statement of comprehensive income

42  Consolidated income statement
42 
43  Consolidated balance sheet
44  Consolidated statement of changes in equity
45  Consolidated cash flow statement
46  Notes to the financial statements

4: Other information

99   Glossary of terms
100  Five-year review
101  EPRA performance measures
101  Property under management information
102  Covenant information 
103  Fund portfolio information (100% figures)

w
e
i
v
e
r

s
s
e
n
i
s
u
B

:

1

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G

:

2

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

:

3

n
o
i
t
a
m
r
o
f
n
i

r
e
h
t
O

:

4

11  Financial review
17  Principal risks and uncertainties
19  Significant contracts or arrangements

94   Independent auditors’ report
95   Company balance sheet
96   Notes to the Company financial statements

104  Property information
109   Explanatory notes of principal changes  
to the Company’s articles of association

112  Advisers and corporate information
112  Shareholder information 

Waterside Shopping Centre, 
Lincoln

Front cover images
1 The Mall, Blackburn
2  The Junction, Thurrock, Essex
3 Hameln, Germany
4 Great Northern Warehouse, Manchester

1

3

2

4

Forward-looking statements
This document contains certain statements that are neither reported financial results nor other historical 
information. These statements are forward-looking in nature and are subject to risks and uncertainties. Actual future 
results may differ materially from those expressed in or implied by these statements. Many of these risks and 
uncertainties relate to factors that are beyond the Group’s ability to control or estimate precisely, such as future 
market conditions, currency fluctuations, the behaviour of other market participants, the actions of government 
regulators and other risk factors such as the Group’s ability to continue to obtain financing to meet its liquidity 
needs, changes in the political, social and regulatory framework in which the Group operates or in economic or 
technological trends or conditions, including inflation and consumer confidence, on a global, regional or national 
basis. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which apply only as 
of the date of this document. The Group does not undertake any obligation to publicly release any revisions to these 
forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this document. Information 
contained in this document relating to the Group should not be relied upon as a guide to future performance.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our business

w
w
e
e
i
i
v
v
e
e
r
r

s
s
s
s
e
e
n
n
i
i
s
s
u
u
B
B

:
:

1
1

What we do

2010 highlights

•	Capital & Regional is a specialist 

property company with a focus on retail 
investments in the UK and Germany.  
The Group has two investments in well- 
established UK retail funds; a joint 
venture with a German retail property 
portfolio; and a number of interests in 
leisure and trade park properties.

•	The Group applies its dedicated asset and 
property management teams to create 
enhanced returns for shareholders, fund 
investors and tenants.

Our business model

•	We operate an asset business that 

invests in UK and German retail assets 
and funds and UK leisure assets  
and funds

•	We operate an earnings business which 
generates fees from the management  
of The Mall and The Junction Funds,  
and certain joint ventures. In addition,  
we own stakes in the management 
companies that operate The X-Leisure 
Fund and our German portfolio,  
and have profits from the SNO!zone 
operating business

Strong recovery in pre-tax profits and net asset value
•	 Return to profitability with pre-tax profits of £46.4 million  

compared to a loss of £113.4 million in 2009 

•	 Net assets per share of £0.50, up 35% from 2009, and EPRA  

net assets per share of £0.57, up 21% from 2009

•	 UK fund property valuations up £197.2 million (Group share 
£28.8 million) and total UK fund property return of 18.4%

Further degearing at fund and group level
•	 Adjusted Group net debt to equity ratio of 29% compared to 48% 

in 2009

•	 Adjusted see-through net debt to property value of 66% compared 
to 76% in 2009 and see-through debt to property value of 76% 
compared to 86% in 2009

•	 Extension of The Mall bond funding for three years to 2015

Cash and asset recycling gathering momentum
•	 Group share of cash distributions from funds and joint ventures 

of £9.7 million

•	 Sale of 18 properties for £627.1 million across the Group, funds  

and joint ventures (Group share £117.8 million) generating a profit 
on disposal of £4.5 million

•	 Sale of The Mall, Bristol in January 2011 and the Ocean Retail Park 

in Portsmouth in March 2011 both at a premium to their year 
end valuation

Asset management skills driving operational performance
•	 Opening of significant extensions at The Mall, Blackburn and 

The Mall, Luton

•	 Improving occupancy with total UK fund occupancy of 95.9%, 

up 1.5%

•	 Contracted rent in the UK funds is up by £4.2m, up 2.5%, 

passing rent up by £1.6 million, up 1.0%

Positioned for growth
•	 Acquisition of The Waterside Shopping Centre in Lincoln for 

£24.8 million in January 2011 is the first acquisition since 2007

•	 Improved quality of the underlying assets, particularly for The Mall, 
following disposals in the year and Bristol in 2011. The Mall portfolio 
now has a majority of dominant secondary schemes which are 
located in areas which are expected to be less adversely affected 
by the economic downturn and government spending cuts

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

01

 
 
 
 
w
e
i
v
e
r

s
s
e
n
i
s
u
B

:

1

Our business continued

UK property map

UK Retail

Shopping centres: The Mall 
The Mall Fund is the specialist UK community shopping centre brand.  
Its key statistics are:

London  
property map

  Shopping Centres

  13 locations

  Retail Parks
  9 locations

  Leisure

  19 locations

2

1

1

1 Sold after 30 December 2010 
2 Purchased after 30 December 2010

German property map

At 30 

At 30  
  December  December 
2009

2010 

Gross property asset value 
Number of properties 
Number of lettable units 
Lettable space (sq feet – 000’s) 
Initial yield 
Equivalent yield 

C&R share 

£1,128m  £1,317m

12* 
1,540 
5,580 

6.98% 
7.81% 

19
2,151
7,011

7.79%
9.14%

16.72% 

16.72%

* Includes Bristol which was sold on 14 January 2011

Property investment criteria are as follows:

•	 Town centre locations
•	 Dominant in localised town catchments
•	 Minimum of 250,000 sq ft lettable area
•	 Car park and public transport facilities
•	 Covered or able to be
•	 Tenant profile, mass market or value retail
•	 Revenue and capital growth potential

Retail parks: The Junction 
The Junction Fund is a specialist retail park fund which invests  
in mixed use retail parks. Its key statistics are:

Gross property asset value 
Number of properties 
Number of lettable units 
Lettable space (sq feet – 000’s) 
Initial yield 
Equivalent yield 
C&R share 

At 30  

At 30 
  December   December 
2009
£572m
11
168
2,712

2010 
£476m 
9* 
118 
2,122 

5.77% 
6.82% 
13.29% 

6.43%
7.58%
13.21%

* Includes Portsmouth which was sold on 15 March 2011

Property investment criteria are as follows:

•	 Either dominant scheme in local catchment or the ability to become so
•	 Minimum 80,000 sq ft multi-let retail park, freehold or long leasehold
•	 Planning consent for open A1, bulky goods or mixed thereof
•	 Asset management opportunities

Shopping centre: The Waterside Shopping Centre, Lincoln
On 22 February 2011, the Group completed the purchase of The Waterside Shopping 
Centre in Lincoln, a freehold covered shopping centre on three floors with 120,000 
square feet and 46 lettable units. Subject to shareholder approval, the Group has 
conditionally exchanged contracts to form a 50:50 joint venture by selling 50%  
of the Group’s interest in the shopping centre.

Asset and property management 
The Mall and The Junction Funds are managed by Capital & Regional Property 
Management (‘CPRM’) as asset and property manager. For The Mall, Aviva Investors 
fulfils the regulated fund management role. For The Junction, Aviva Investors  
fulfils the regulated operator role and AREA fulfils the fund management role. 
Investors hold units in a Jersey Property Unit Trust (JPUT) which allows exposure  
to a diversified portfolio of properties without direct investment and the ability  
to transfer units without incurring Stamp Duty Land Tax. Following the purchase 
subsequent to the year end, The Waterside Shopping Centre is operated by CRPM  
as asset and property manager.

02

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

03

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Germany Retail

Other interests

The German commercial retail property portfolio is a joint venture with AREA 
Property Partners. Its key statistics are:

Gross property asset value 
Number of properties 
Number of lettable units 
Lettable space (sq feet – 000’s) 
Initial yield 

C&R share 

At 30 

At 30  
  December  December 
2009
£535m
50
193
5,090

2010 
£496m 
48 
207 
5,008 

6.69% 

6.80%

49.60% 

48.82%

The Group’s investment in Germany, which began in 2005, is held through a series  
of Jersey companies, which either own the properties directly or through interests in 
German limited partnerships. Since October 2008, the Jersey companies have been 
held in a 50:50 joint venture between Capital & Regional and AREA. The Group owns  
a 49.60% effective share in the underlying portfolio due to various minority 
shareholders in the underlying German entities.

Property investment criteria are as follows:

•	 Established out-of-town retail locations, typically anchored by food retailers 

with strong financial covenants

•	 Large stand-alone hypermarkets and retail parks with sales areas of more than 

3,500 square metres with substantial land and car parking

•	 Strongly cash generative with asset management opportunities, generally 

through shorter leases

The Group’s exposure to euro-denominated assets is reduced by borrowing in euros 
and hedging most of the remaining net investment through forward contracts. 
Income is not hedged.

Asset and property management
In August 2010 the Group acquired a 30% share in Garigal Asset Management GmbH, 
a German asset and property manager which has taken over responsibility for the 
asset and property management of the German property portfolio. We believe that 
carrying out the asset and property management through a single German-based 
entity will provide more effective management of the portfolio, increasing the range 
of opportunities to monetise the Group’s stake and provide a German platform for 
extending these services to third parties. 

w
e
i
v
e
r

s
s
e
n
i
s
u
B

:

1

Leisure: X-Leisure 
The X-Leisure Fund is the largest specialist fund investing  
in UK leisure property. Its key statistics are:

Gross property asset value 
Number of properties 
Number of lettable units 
Lettable space (sq feet – 000’s) 
Initial yield 
Equivalent yield 

C&R share 

At 30  

At 30  
  December  December 
2009
£519m
18
337
3,406

2010 
£528m 
16 
311 
3,071 

7.02% 
7.84% 

7.91%
9.00%

11.93% 

11.93%

Property investment criteria are as follows:

•	 Either dominant scheme in local catchment or has the ability to become so
•	 Either is, or is able to be, anchored by a cinema
•	 50% or more of rental income generated from leisure operators
•	 Asset management opportunities

Leisure: Great Northern Warehouse, Manchester
The Group owns 100% of the 399,000 square foot property, which is a converted 
Victorian warehouse in the centre of Manchester city centre including multiplex 
cinema, nightclub and bars, health and fitness, restaurants and shops. The  
principal occupiers of its 46 units are AMC Cinema, Virgin Active and London  
Clubs International. 

Leisure: Xscape Braehead, Glasgow 
The Group owns a 50% effective interest in Xscape Braehead which  
is a joint venture with Capital Shopping Centres. The 374,000 square foot  
property was constructed from 2004 and is located next to the Braehead  
Shopping Centre on the outskirts of Glasgow. Like the Xscapes in Milton Keynes  
and Castleford, which are owned by the X-Leisure Fund, it offers indoor real snow 
skiing operated by SNO!zone, bowling, dining, cinema and other leisure activities.  
The other principal occupiers of its 37 units are Odeon, Bowlplex and Ellis Brigham.

Leisure: Leisure World, Hemel Hempstead
The Group owns 100% of the 156,000 square foot leisure property which is located in 
Hemel Hempstead. The property includes a cinema, nightclub, bowling alley, ice rink, 
waterworld and restaurants. The principal occupiers of its 11 units are Luminar  
and Odeon.

Asset and property management
X-Leisure Limited, which is a 50:50 joint venture with AREA, carries out the asset and 
non-FSA regulated fund management activities for the X-Leisure Fund. In partnership 
with the management team led by PY Gerbeau, Hermes acts as Operator and is 
responsible for FSA regulated fund management activities. On 18 March 2011, 
Hermes sold their investments in the X-Leisure Fund and X-Leisure Limited to AREA. 
Investors in the X-Leisure Fund hold units in a Jersey Property Unit Trust (JPUT) which 
allows exposure to a diversified portfolio of properties without direct investment and 
the ability to transfer units without incurring Stamp Duty Land Tax.

The Great Northern Warehouse, Xscape Braehead and Leisure World are run by CRPM 
as asset and property manager.

Trade centres: FIX UK portfolio 
The Group owns a 20% minority interest in the FIX UK Fund which is  
a portfolio of UK trade centres and trade parks. Paradigm Real Estate 
Managers perform the day-to-day management responsibilities of 
the Fund. 

Ski operator: SNO!zone 
The Group owns 100% of SNO!zone which is the largest indoor ski slope 
operator in the UK. SNO!zone rents the real snow slopes in the three 
Xscapes at Milton Keynes, Castleford and Braehead. 

02

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

03

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Chairman’s statement

w
e
i
v
e
r

s
s
e
n
i
s
u
B

:

1

John Clare
Chairman

Overview
Pre-tax profits of £46.4 million for the full year reflect the positive 
impact of valuation movements across substantially all of the 
portfolio. It also reflects an uplift in income which flows from  
the impact of management’s ability to engage with retailers more 
proactively now that restructuring is substantially completed.

Whilst retailers continue to experience challenging market conditions, 
the operating environment has proved more resilient than anticipated. 
The lack of any significant supply of new shopping centres, the shift 
in demand from the high street to out-of-town as well as the improved 
quality of the Group’s underlying portfolios have all contributed to  
an increase in demand for space, a stabilisation in rental values and  
a boost in underlying income.

The purchase of the Waterside Shopping Centre in Lincoln and the 
proposed subsequent joint venture with Karoo typify the Group’s 
strategy in action. The focus is on acquiring retail property assets 
where we can exercise meaningful influence and leverage our  
retail skills to generate asset management and performance fees  
by achieving superior returns in conjunction with our partners.

Dividend
We have carefully considered dividend policy in light of the Group’s 
improved financial position. The Board, however, is not recommending 
the payment of a final dividend, meaning that no dividend will be 
payable for the full year. This reflects the fact that cash generated in 
many of the investments is currently being used either for capital 
expenditure or to pay down debt. The Board remains committed to 
resuming dividend payments when it considers it prudent to do so.  
As previously stated, future payments will be linked for the 
foreseeable future to the Group’s cash generating ability and will 
normally be restricted to not more than 50% of operating cash flow 
less interest and tax to comply with the undertakings given for the 
Group’s banking arrangements.

“ Capital & Regional has made significant 
progress in 2010. A year which began 
with the continued degearing of Group 
and fund balance sheets ended with  
a renewed emphasis on growth. Last 
month we saw the purchase of the 
Waterside Shopping Centre in Lincoln, 
the first acquisition by the Company 
since 2007.”

Responsible business
We attach particular importance to the Group maintaining its 
commitment to responsible business in the challenging operating 
environment we find ourselves in. We encourage each of the 
businesses and functions to develop an approach suitable to  
them, whilst providing strategic direction through a Responsible 
Business Committee. More details are set out in the statement  
on Responsible Business in the financial statements.

Our people
The transformation of the Group over the past two years has only been 
possible as a result of the continued hard work and commitment of 
our employees. I would like to take this opportunity to thank them  
for their efforts.

The Board
I would like to thank my predecessor, Tom Chandos, for his 
stewardship over 16 years as a Director of which nine years were  
as Chairman. Tom stepped down from the Board at the AGM in  
June. I have been fortunate to take on the role of Chairman as the 
restructuring of the Group has been substantially completed and  
I know that the current management team have greatly appreciated 
his leadership and support during what has been a very challenging 
time. I would also like to thank Alan Coppin who stepped down in 
September after six years as a Director. I wish him well in his many 
and varied interests.

04

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

05

 
 
Chief Executive’s statement

Hugh Scott-Barrett
Chief Executive

“ I am pleased to report a return to 
profitability for the year. Capital  
& Regional’s pre-tax profits of  
£46.4 million in 2010 compare with  
a pre-tax loss of £113.4 million in  
2009. Higher property values, the 
benefits of the significant restructuring 
and a better operational performance 
have all contributed to this much 
improved result and the increase  
in net asset values.”

w
e
i
v
e
r

s
s
e
n
i
s
u
B

:

1

Basic net asset value at 50p per share is 35% above that seen at the 
end of last year whilst EPRA net asset value has risen 21% to 57p  
per share. Recurring profitability has been adversely affected by  
the impact of both disposals on both investment and fee income  
and dilution following capital raising in the UK funds. As a 
consequence recurring pre-tax profits were £14.9 million compared  
with £17.5 million in 2009 but these have now begun to stabilise.

Property valuations in the UK funds have continued to recover during 
the year and are now 17% above the trough seen in the first half of 
2009. Retail warehousing and leisure assets were particularly strong 
in the first half of the year whilst shopping centre valuations improved 
sharply in the third and fourth quarters – the Mall’s valuation 
improved 13% at the property level and 39% at the unit price level 
compared to the end of 2009. Whilst strength in investment markets  
has driven yield compression, a strong operating performance has 
contributed to out-performance against the peer group in two of  
the three funds.

Values in Germany have stabilised following a slight fall in values in 
the first half of the year and ended the year flat after adjusting for  
the cash received on lease surrenders and other capital receipts.

Financial position
We have continued to prioritise the strengthening of the Group’s 
balance sheet in 2010. De-leveraging through disposals both at  
Group and fund level and the restructuring of the Mall bonds have 
contributed to the further improvement in the financial position  
of the Company during the year. 

Net adjusted gearing at the Group level was 29% as at 30 December 
2010 compared to 48% a year earlier. This reflects the impact of  
the sale of 10 Lower Grosvenor Place, Beeston Place and the MEN 
Arena for an aggregate £18.2 million in the first half of the year,  
the cash distributions totalling £9.7 million from the Junction  
Fund, German portfolio, X-Leisure Fund and X-Leisure Limited,  
as well as higher valuations across the funds and joint ventures.

At the fund level, the Mall Fund completed the disposal of seven 
assets for total proceeds of £340.8 million during the year and 

completed the sale of Bristol for £50.2 million shortly after the  
year end. Following these disposals, the headline LTV for the  
Mall is now 72% which provides a property valuation headroom  
of 13% against the LTV covenant of 83% which will be tested for  
the first time in December 2011.

The Junction disposed of two assets for total proceeds of £142.3 million 
during 2010 and has subsequently completed the sale of Portsmouth 
for £60.9 million compared to the year end valuation of £55.4 million. 
The LTV at year end is 60%, excluding £27.0 million cash on the Fund 
balance sheet, and this is after the distribution in the year, of which 
the Group received £5.6 million.

X-Leisure Fund’s disposal of two assets for total proceeds of  
£59.5 million together with a growth in property values has 
contributed to lowering the Fund LTV to 56% compared to 68%  
at the end of 2009.

Whilst the refinancing of two portfolios earlier in the year within our 
German joint venture were important, the restructuring of the Mall 
bonds was the most significant step in the further strengthening  
of the Group’s overall financial position. The three-year maturity 
extension (for which a package of financial covenants has been  
added) significantly increases financial flexibility whilst the reserve 
for capital expenditure has given additional impetus to the efforts  
of the management team to improve operating performance.

We will continue to adopt a prudent approach to balance sheet 
management by anticipating refinancing needs. In this context,  
we are well advanced in negotiations on the extension of a securitised 
loan relating to one of the portfolios within our German joint venture 
which matures later this year and we took steps to derisk this 
refinancing by the purchase of part of the joint venture portfolio  
debt at a discount.

Operations
One of the major objectives of the degearing has been to improve the 
quality of the underlying assets. This is particularly true in the case of 
the Mall where, following the disposals in the year and Bristol in 2011, 
the portfolio now has a majority of dominant secondary schemes 

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

05

04

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

 
 
Chief Executive’s statement continued

w
e
i
v
e
r

s
s
e
n
i
s
u
B

:

1

which have higher levels of occupancy. These are located in areas 
which are expected to be less adversely affected by the economic 
downturn and government spending cuts.

The improved level of occupancy, the growth in like-for-like income 
across not only the Mall but also Junction and X-Leisure reflect this 
improved quality as well as the impact of a large number of asset 
management initiatives.

Highlights include:

•	 the opening of a 220,000 square feet extension at Blackburn 

anchored by Primark, Next, H&M Hennes, New Look, Peacocks,  
JD Sports & Bank;

•	 completion of a 76,500 square feet extension at Luton anchored 

by TK Maxx and Argos;

•	 portfolio-wide lease regears for B&Q of three units with 312,000 

square feet and securing income to 2030; and

•	 two lettings to Curry’s for 54,000 square feet across the Junction 
and the opening of the first Best Buy store in the UK of 50,000 
square feet at West Thurrock.

Contracted income across the businesses has grown steadily as 
retailers have looked to take additional space and as the funds have 
freed up resources for capital expenditure. The Mall and The Junction 
funds have spent £38.9 million on capital expenditure in 2010 and 
expect to spend up to £48.1 million in 2011.

Strategy
Capital & Regional is a specialist property company with a track 
record in exploiting asset management opportunities in retail and 
other related sectors. The progress that has been made in 2010 in 
repositioning the business enables us to approach this year with 
greater confidence.

The recently completed acquisition of the Waterside Shopping Centre 
in Lincoln illustrates the new strategy in action. Our focus is retail. We 
intend to take a meaningful stake in properties which we acquire, 
working in partnership with joint venture partners whilst still 
leveraging our management skills through asset management and 
performance fees. I am optimistic that we will be able to execute 
further such transactions during the course of the year.

We will continue to support the growth of both the Mall and Junction 
Funds based on the attractive returns which can be achieved in the 
medium term. This may involve support for development initiatives 
and/or the purchase of additional units in each fund if these can  
be achieved at attractive prices. X-Leisure continues to perform  
very strongly on the back of the best in class X-Leisure Limited 
management team. We welcome the acquisition by AREA Property 
Partners of Hermes’ stake in the X-Leisure Fund and X-Leisure Limited 
which will further enhance performance.

The acquisition of, in conjunction with our partners AREA, a majority 
stake in Garigal Asset Management GmbH gives us the opportunity to 
efficiently and aggressively asset manage our German joint venture. 
In the current market environment, Germany represents a very 
attractive segment to own and to develop. 

Outlook
Investor appetite for retail assets continues to be strong and in the 
absence of any significant increase in supply within the first quarter, 
property valuations have been resilient. 

There is no doubt that conditions for our retail clients are likely to 
remain very challenging. The steps that we have taken however in the 
last year to improve the quality of our portfolio mean that our centres 
and parks represent a more attractive mix of locations. The availability 
of capital expenditure for key asset management initiatives enables 
us to attract key retailers.

Disposals from within the funds and at Group level will be determined 
by recycling of capital and/or asset management initiatives but not 
by the need to degear. The decision to retain Great Northern reflects a 
belief that we can deliver the asset management initiatives required 
for this property to be an attractive institutional asset which should 
not therefore be sold at a distressed price.

Capital & Regional’s success in the past has been built on its skills 
both as a property investor as well as an asset manager. It is my firm 
belief that this combination offers the potential for attractive returns 
for our shareholders whilst still maintaining a policy of prudent 
balance sheet management.

06

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

07

 
 
Operating review

The Group’s operations are affected by the underlying performance  
of the tenants in its properties, and the demand for space and by the 
wider property investment market which reflects the impact of supply 
and demand for property.

Investment portfolio
Overall values of the Group’s portfolios have produced significant 
property level internal rates of return in 2010 as shown below:

2010 
The Mall 
The Junction 
X-Leisure 

UK weighted  
average1 
Germany  

Property 
valuation 
£m 
1,128 
476 
528 

Capital 
return 
% 
10.55 
6.53 
13.83 

Total 
return 
% 
18.88 
12.97 
22.09 

2,132 
496 

10.46 
(1.57) 

18.36 
5.69 

Initial 
yield 
% 
6.98 
5.77 
7.02 

6.72 
6.69 

Equivalent 
yield 
%
7.81
6.82
7.84

7.60
n/a

1 Weighted average by property valuation

In 2010 significant inward yield shift resulted in a good year for 
commercial property returns. There was increased investment activity 
with good demand for properties and valuations holding firm to date 
in 2011. The valuation gains seen in our UK retail property values in 
2010 have been significantly driven by increases in rental income.

There was inward yield shift of 60 basis points in The Mall, 54 basis 
points in The Junction and 83 basis points in X-Leisure. Yield shift in 
Germany was lower at 11 basis points inwards.

The capital return in Germany was affected by two sales and  
the acceptance of a lease surrender at Kreuztal for a €6.3 million 
premium. The two properties were sold for portfolio optimisation,  
as they were non-core due to their small size. The Kreuztal surrender 
reflected defensive asset management to help maintain the value  
of the asset.

Properties disposed of during 2010 are set out below:

Property 
The Mall
Aberdeen  
Preston 
Ilford  
Falkirk 
Gloucester 
Southampton 
Romford 

The Junction
Aylesbury  
Hull 

X-Leisure
Croydon 
Birmingham 

Other properties (7) 

Total 

1 Blended yield across four properties

w
e
i
v
e
r

s
s
e
n
i
s
u
B

:

1

Sales 
proceeds 
£m 

Net initial 
yield 
%

Date 

7.9
7.6
7.8
7.51
7.51
7.51
7.51

6.0
7.0

7.6
9.0

  February  
March 
June 
August 
August 
August 
August 

April 
 September 

March 
October 

47.4 
87.0 
70.6 
47.6 
26.9 
21.3 
40.0 

340.8 

60.4 
81.9 

142.3 

32.5 
27.0 

59.5 
84.5 

627.1 

The Mall Bristol was sold in January 2011 for £50.2 million (NIY 7.0%) 
compared to its year end valuation of £50.0 million. The premium over 
valuation on the seven disposals by The Mall during 2010 was 11.6%. 

The Junction sold the Ocean Retail Park in Portsmouth on 15 March 
2011 for £60.9 million (NIY 5.81%) compared to its year end valuation 
of £55.4 million. The premium over valuation on the two disposals by 
The Junction during 2010 was 2.3%. 

The German joint venture sold two properties in February and May 
2010 for £5.7 million. FIX UK sold two properties in Ipswich and 
Gloucester for £4.1 million and the MEN Arena joint venture was sold 
in June 2010 for £62.2 million (NIY 7.15%). 

In March 2010, the Group sold its wholly owned Beeston Place 
property for £2.1 million and its wholly owned 10 Lower Grosvenor 
Place property for £10.4 million. 

The property level returns coupled with the financial gearing within 
the funds and the German joint venture have resulted in notable 
increases in the geared returns earned by the Group from these 
investments in 2010 on an IFRS basis.

Geared returns earned by the Group

The Mall 
The Junction 
X-Leisure 
UK fund weighted average1 
German joint venture 

2010 
% 
76.7 
14.8 
46.7 
55.7 
14.7 

1 Based on Group interest in the three funds at the year end

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

2009 
%
(54.1)
(55.6)
(53.2)
(54.4) 
(16.8)

07

06

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating review continued

The Group measures its total property returns against the relevant IPD 
index and aims to exceed the benchmark returns.

w
e
i
v
e
r

s
s
e
n
i
s
u
B

:

1

Performance versus IPD index

The Mall 
Property level returns1 
IPD shopping centre index 
The Junction 
Property level returns1 
IPD retail parks index 
X-Leisure 
Property level returns1 
IPD leisure index 

1 As ratified by IPD

2010 

2009

20.0 
16.9 

13.1 
16.3 

22.1 
18.4  

(12.2)
(5.0)

(4.8)
11.6

(8.5)
3.7

The outperformance by The Mall, in part reflects the disposal of 
non-core assets by the Fund ahead of their valuations, but also the 
strong growth in contracted rent from active asset management 
initiatives. Consequently, the Fund has seen outperformance in both 
the capital growth and income return component parts of the Total 
Return calculation. Completion of a high number of lettings has grown 
contracted rent and reduced void costs. Approximately 30% of the 
Mall’s property valuation increase is attributable to net income growth, 
reflective of the strengthening of the portfolio following the sale of a 
number of the less dominant schemes. 

The Junction’s underperformance against its benchmark was a 
consequence of ongoing asset management initiatives. At Bristol, 
where the void rate has been reduced from 11% to 3% some lettings 
have been achieved below ERV. At Thurrock, the Fund accepted 
surrenders of two leisure units for development purposes which have 
impacted on the returns this year but have positioned this property 
for future opportunities. The performance of the balance of the 
portfolio was ahead of the IPD benchmark.

The X-Leisure outperformance reflects net income growth of 2.7% 
arising from new lettings and rent review uplifts.

Passing rent (like for like)

The Mall 
The Junction 
X-Leisure 

UK  

Germany  

  December  
2010 
£m 
95.0 
28.8 
40.7 

June 
2010 
£m 
93.2 
28.5 
40.0 

December 
2009 
£m
94.8
28.2
39.9

164.5 

161.7 

162.9

€m 
43.6 

€m 
43.9 

€m
43.9

The Mall had a further £5.2 million of contracted rent at the year end 
which is not included in the above figures. The Junction had an 
additional £2.0 million of contracted rent and X-Leisure £0.6 million  
of additional contracted rent. The growth in contracted rent was 2.5% 
on a like for like basis in the UK. 

The Junction increase in rent has been achieved despite the two 
surrenders at Thurrock with rent of £0.4 million and a strategic 

08

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

decision to re-gear a number of leases with B&Q and TK Maxx.  
These re-gears reduced passing rent by £0.7 million as at the year 
end, but had an immediate uplift in valuation of £1.1 million and 
added 5.6 years income to these leases. During 2010 Best Buy  
opened their Thurrock store and commenced paying rent. 

Occupancy levels (like for like)

The Mall 
The Junction 
X-Leisure 
UK weighted average 
Germany  

2010 
% 
95.8 
97.3 
95.3 
95.9 
96.7 

2009 
%
94.2
94.5
94.7
94.4
98.1

Occupancy levels across all the UK funds rose over the year and this 
demonstrates the ability of our asset management teams to identify 
tenants for vacant space in a demanding market.

The Junction saw the biggest increase in occupancy as a result of 
letting five units at each of Imperial Park Bristol and Thurrock.

In X-Leisure there is an agreement for lease in place which is subject 
to planning and licensing being obtained. If this letting had been 
completed at the year end occupancy would have increased to 95.9%.

The reduction in occupancy in Germany arises from the surrender  
at Kreuztal.

New lettings, renewals and rent reviews

Number of new lettings  
Rent from new lettings (£m) 
Comparison to ERV (%)   

The Mall  The Junction 
14 
2.2 
(16.0) 

145 
10.9 
(9.5) 

X-Leisure 
23 
0.9 
(4.5) 

Total UK
182
14.0
(10.2)

Renewals settled 
Revised passing rent (£m) 
Comparison to ERV (%)   

31 
1.8 
(4.7) 

Number of rent reviews settled  118 
14.7 
Revised passing rent (£m) 
4.4 
Uplift to previous rent (%) 
6.5 
Comparison to ERV (%)   

– 
– 
– 

17 
6.3 
5.0 
(1.5) 

7 
0.3 
(11.5) 

53 
9.6 
16.3 
8.3 

38
2.1
(5.6)

188
30.6
8.3
5.4

There has been steady demand for quality space of the right size, 
particularly from the larger fashion retailers and the fast expanding 
discount stores. 

The Mall saw a number of significant lettings during the year, 
particularly at the two developments at Blackburn and Luton. These 
include lettings to TK Maxx, Argos, Primark, Next, H&M Hennes, New 
Look and Peacocks. 

Letting performance relative to ERV has been negatively influenced by 
the malls that were sold, including Bristol and the two developments. 
Excluding these malls there were 102 lettings in the portfolio 
delivering £7.4 million of rent at 5.6% below ERV. The trend improved 
in the second half of the year and in the final quarter new lettings 
were 2.6% behind ERV indicating that ERVs are stabilising. 

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

09

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
The asset management team were effective in delivering additional 
income prior to the sale of assets. In Bristol, the Fund secured a  
letting to Family Bargains, improving the net income position by  
£0.3 million and therefore value. At Romford, three lettings were 
completed including an amalgamation of three units which were  
let to Poundland improving the net income position by £0.3 million. 

The scale of The Mall portfolio continues to be utilised in delivering 
advantageous group deals. A good example is the 12 unit transaction 
with the Regis Group (trading as Supercuts) where rents were secured 
at ERV for a combined additional term of 39 years. 

In The Junction a number of notable lettings have been made to GAP, 
Peacocks and DSG. The shortfall in new letting income relative to ERV 
reflects downward pressure at Bristol where void levels were more than 
10% at the beginning of the year. These lettings have significantly 
increased occupancy levels at this scheme. A further three lettings in 
the Fund with total annual rent of £0.2 million were conditionally let 
at year end. 

X-Leisure has completed lettings to Strada, Mitchells & Butlers  
and Prezzo. 

In X-Leisure 41% of leases contain minimum or fixed uplifts which 
continue to drive income levels. 

In Germany there were seven lettings generating an initial passing 
rent of €0.2 million. 

Income security and quality
The number of administrations is a key indicator of the strength and 
trading performance of tenants. It was pleasing to note in 2010 that 
there was a significant decline in administrations compared to the 
prior year.

The 
Mall 

The 
Junction 

X-Leisure 

Total 
UK

Number of administrations  
(units) 
Passing rent administrations 
(£m) 
Number of units re-let  
or still trading 

50 

2.2 

30 

2 

0.1 

2 

13 

0.8 

– 

65

3.1

32

On a like for like basis, administrations have fallen from 108 in 2009 
with a passing rent of £9.1 million.

There were only two administrations in the German portfolio over the 
course of the year with a passing rent of €39,000.

08

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

Credit risk is managed through the assessment of the covenant 
strength of all incoming tenants and by monitoring credit ratings of 
key existing tenants. The ten largest tenants in each of the UK funds 
are given below.

Largest occupiers by rental income

w
e
i
v
e
r

s
s
e
n
i
s
u
B

:

1

The Mall 
Boots 
5.1
Arcadia 
3.2
New Look  
2.5
Debenhams  
2.2
BHS  
2.2
2.1
WH Smith 
Peacocks Stores   2.0
1.9
Clinton Cards  
1.8
Superdrug  
1.7
Argos 

13.5
10.8

% The Junction 
B&Q plc 
DSG Retail  
Home Retail  
Group 
TK Maxx 
Comet Group 
Tesco Stores 
Dave Whelan  
3.3
Sports  
3.3
Carpetright 
Boots 
2.8
Furniture Village  2.6

6.9
4.5
4.3
4.1

% X-Leisure 
Cine UK 
The Restaurant  
Group 
Odeon 
SNO!zone 
Vue  
Entertainment 
Virgin Active 
Spirit 
Pizza Hut 
Tenpin 
Mitchells  
& Butlers 

24.7  

56.1  

%
18.8

4.2
3.9
3.6

3.1
3.1
2.7
2.6
2.4

2.3
46.7

The high exposure to Cine UK in X-Leisure is a function of the size of 
cinemas relative to the rest of a leisure scheme. This risk is closely 
monitored and direct contact maintained with this operator.

At the year end there were 159 commercial temporary lettings (less 
than one year) of which 155 (2009: 134) were within The Mall. Of these, 
19 (2009: 23) were at Bristol which has been sold since the year end. 
Temporary lettings are important because they maintain occupancy 
and energise the trading environment whilst contributing income and 
minimising the costs relating to vacant units (the share of service 
charges and business rates). 

The importance of temporary lettings has shifted during 2010, broadly 
driven by individual schemes’ occupancy levels. On a like for like basis 
and excluding Bristol, the temporary letting effective void is 5.5% 
compared to a pre-recession exposure at 30 December 2008 of 3.4%.

In Germany, 79% of the income is derived from seven tenants who are 
all strongly rated covenants such as Metro, Rewe and Edeka. In sector 
terms, 65% of the top 15 tenants are food retailers, 16% are DIY 
operators and 9% are logistics businesses.

Footfall
Customer activity is a key management metric of the operational 
success of schemes and this is measured through footfall counts in 
shopping centres and leisure venues. Car counts are used to record 
customer activity in retail parks.

In The Mall, footfall rose 1.0% to 129.8 million visits to the 12 malls 
owned at the year end. This compares positively with the National 
Retail Traffic Index which reported a 0.3% increase. Wood Green 
showed the biggest increase helped by the 2009 letting to Primark 
who are now looking to extend their store in this centre.

In X-Leisure, footfall has fallen 4.5% compared to 2009. Most of this 
was attributable to the poor weather at the end of the year.

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

09

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating review continued

Car counts at The Junction’s retail parks were down 1.2% compared  
to 2009 having been affected adversely by a fire at Maidstone 
requiring the rebuilding of the Homebase unit and the bad weather  
in December.

Developments
The Mall successfully delivered two developments in 2010.

w
e
i
v
e
r

s
s
e
n
i
s
u
B

:

1

In Blackburn, the 220,000 sq ft extension was opened. The retail space 
created was well received by retailers, with units let to Primark, Next,  
H&M Hennes, New Look, Peacocks, Deichman Shoes, Carphone 
Warehouse, USC, Infinities, JD Sports/Bank. At the year end, the 
development was 92% let by floor area, with a further 3% in solicitors 
hands. The original part of the scheme was refurbished and several 
retailers took the opportunity to refit/regear their stores, most notably 
Arcadia and River Island. The development also incorporated a regear 
of the head lease with Blackburn Council, who in turn took a lease for 
a new 60,000 sq ft indoor market. The development has repositioned 
Blackburn as a retail destination and the scheme’s dominance within 
the town should deliver continued strong performance.

In Luton, the 76,500 sq ft “St Georges Square” extension was 
completed incorporating three retail units with a further six restaurant 
units. The development was 70% pre-let by floor area to TK Maxx and 
Argos and a further 27% is now in solicitors hands, which leaves one 
unit to let. This was a strategically important development that was 
undertaken in conjunction with Luton Borough Council, and fulfils  
the first element of our ongoing programme of extension and 
reconfiguration as we seek to create larger space retail units to satisfy 
the strong levels of demand for the town. There remain ongoing 
development opportunities within Luton that we are now actively 
pursuing.

The UK pipeline for new retail space is at its lowest for some years, but 
retailers are still seeking good quality space in the right locations to 
support their growth aspirations.

The Mall is therefore actively pursuing significant opportunities at 
Camberley, Walthamstow and Luton. Good development potential  
also exists at Sutton Coldfield and Maidstone and these are  
currently being considered as part of a planned asset management/ 
development programme.

The Junction has successfully transferred planning consent from  
its Renfrew scheme to Abbotsinch where a strategic letting has  
been agreed with Pets at Home. Pre-letting has commenced on a new 
terrace and a good level of tenant interest has been shown resulting  
in terms being agreed with a number of tenants. There is further 
significant development potential at Oldbury where pre-lettings on 
105,000 sq ft are in detailed negotiations and discussions with the 
local authority are being progressed to obtain a planning consent 
which can deliver to tenants’ requirements. 

At Thurrock, the strategic surrenders accepted from two leisure 
operators have delivered control over these units within the scheme. 
The fund is continuing to work with the Urban Development 
Corporation and local authority to deliver a framework from which  
a planning application can be made.

10

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

11

 
 
Financial review

Key performance indicators
The key performance indicators we use to measure our performance 
against our strategy and objectives are:

 These were:

2010 

20091

Investment returns 
Net assets per share 
EPRA net assets per share 
EPRA triple net assets per share 
Total shareholder return5 
Financing 
Group net debt2 
See-through net debt2,3   
Net debt to equity ratio2 
See-through debt to property value4 
See-through net debt to property value2,3,4 
Profitability 
Recurring pre-tax profit  
Profit/(loss) before tax 
Basic earnings/(loss) per share 
Property under management 

£0.50 
£0.57 
£0.50 

(2.2)% 

£49.8m 
£464.7m 
29% 
76% 
66% 

£14.9m 
£46.4m 
£0.13 

£2.8bn 

£0.37
£0.47
£0.37
(24.7)%

£62.9m
£583.9m
48%
86%
76%

£17.5m
£(113.4)m
£(0.59)

£3.1bn

1  See-through debt and net debt have been restated to include FIX UK as the 

Group’s investment is no longer impaired to £nil as it was in 2009

2  Adjusted for the £5.0 million tax payment made on 31 December 2010 as 

disclosed in note 22a

3  Adjusted for the Group’s share of the €18 million German junior debt acquired 

during the year as disclosed in note 22a

4  See-through debt and adjusted see-through net debt divided by property value 

as disclosed in note 22a

5  Comparative restated using the closing market share price to be on a consistent 

basis with the current year

30 
  December 
2010 
£m 

Statutory 

30 

See-through
30 
December   December 
2010 
£m 

2009 
£m 

30  
December

20091 
£m

w
e
i
v
e
r

s
s
e
n
i
s
u
B

:

1

58 
24 
26 
1 

Fund properties 
The Mall 
The Junction 
X-Leisure 
FIX UK 
Joint venture properties 
Germany2 
Other joint ventures 
Wholly owned properties 
Great Northern,  
 Hemel Hempstead and others  81 

48 
(8) 

Total properties 
Other assets and liabilities 
Debt 

Net assets 

230 
16 
(71) 

175 

33 
26 
18 
– 

47 
(2) 

94 

216 
(6) 
(80) 

130 

199 
61 
62 
27 

248 
23 

81 

701 
6 
(532) 

175 

233
74
61
28

268
41

94

799
(9)
(660)

130

1  Restated to include FIX UK as the Group’s investment is no longer impaired to 

£nil as it was in 2009

2  The statutory figures include the Group’s shareholder loan to the German joint 

venture treated as equity

Financing
A summary of the movements in Group and off balance sheet debt 
during the year is as follows:

Investment returns
At 30 December 2010, equity shareholders’ funds were £174.5 million, 
up by £44.7 million compared to £129.8 million at 30 December 2009. 
This is due to increased property values in the Group’s underlying 
investments, the resilient recurring pre-tax profit and the net profit  
on property sales. 

At 30 December 20091 
Property disposals 
Other repayments 
FIX UK equity contribution 
Other movements2 

  Group debt 
£m 
80.4 
(7.4) 
(2.5) 
– 
– 

  Off balance See-through 
debt 
£m
660.3
(104.8)
(13.7)
(1.1)
(8.5)

sheet debt 
£m 
579.9 
(97.4) 
(11.2) 
(1.1) 
(8.5) 

Net assets per share increased by £0.13, or 35%, to £0.50 per share 
and EPRA net assets per share increased by £0.10, or 21%, to £0.57 
per share. Detailed calculations are disclosed in note 27.

At 30 December 2010   

70.5 

461.7 

532.2

1  Restated to include FIX UK as the Group’s investment is no longer impaired to 

£nil as it was in 2009

2 Primarily foreign exchange movements in the Group’s German joint venture

NAV per share

2010

2009

Basic

EPRA

£0.50

£0.57

£0.37

£0.47

The undrawn core credit facility of £58.0 million which expires  
in September 2013, together with cash and cash equivalents of  
£20.7 million (after adjusting for the £5.0 million tax payment  
as disclosed in note 35), provided the Group with liquidity of 
£78.7 million at 30 December 2010. 

To provide a better understanding of the composition of the business, 
the Group presents its balance sheet in two separate ways, with the 
“statutory” balance sheet following the accounting and statutory 
rules, and the “see-through” balance sheet showing the Group’s 
proportionate economic exposure to the different property portfolios.

Net debt to equity ratio
During the year the net debt to equity ratio fell from 48% to 29% at  
30 December 2010, due to loan repayments of £9.9 million, a net cash 
inflow of £8.2 million, combined with an increase in shareholders’ 
equity of £44.7 million. The ratio has been adjusted to reflect the cash 
tax payment of £5.0 million made by the Group on 31 December 2010 
that is disclosed in notes 22a and 35.

10

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

11

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial review continued

w
e
i
v
e
r

s
s
e
n
i
s
u
B

:

1

Group debt
During the year, Group debt fell to £70.5 million compared to  
£80.4 million at 30 December 2009, primarily due to the repayment  
of the remaining £7.4 million loan on 10 Lower Grosvenor Place 
following the sale of the property in March 2010. The surplus cash 
generated by the Hemel Hempstead and Great Northern properties  
is being used to pay down the relevant loans each quarter via a  
cash sweep. 

The core revolving credit facility remained undrawn during the year 
(2009: £nil) and at year end the forecast covenant tests indicate that 
there is sufficient headroom for the full £58.0 million facility to be 
available for draw down. 

The Great Northern facility is now £63.6 million drawn (2009:  
£65.2 million) following the repayment of £1.6 million during the  
year via the loan’s cash sweep mechanism. 

The breakdown of Group debt and net debt at year end was  
as follows:

Debt at  Average 
interest 

30 December 
20101 
 £m 

rate2  Fixed 
% 

% 

  Duration 
of fixing 
(years) 

  Duration 
to loan
expiry
(years)

The Hemel Hempstead facility is now £6.9 million drawn (2009:  
£7.8 million) following repayment of £0.4 million during the year via 
the loan’s cash sweep mechanism and a £0.5 million amortisation 
payment in July 2010. A further amortisation payment of £0.5 million 
occurred in January 2011 with a further £0.5 million due in July 2011. 
The loan is currently unhedged and bears interest at variable rates. 

n/a 
6.26 
3.24 

5.96 

– 
96% 
– 

87% 

– 
2.8 
– 

2.8 

2.7
2.8
1.8

2.7

Cash of £25.7 million was held at 30 December 2010 (2009:  
£17.5 million), of which £2.5 million (2009: £1.9 million) is held  
in restricted accounts secured on debt facilities and £0.2 million  
(2009: £0.2 million) is held in segregated accounts. 

Core revolving  
credit facility 
Great Northern 
Hemel Hempstead 

Group debt 
Cash and cash  
equivalents 

Group net debt 
Cash adjustment3 

Adjusted Group net debt 

– 
63.6 
6.9 

70.5 

(25.7) 

44.8 
5.0 

49.8 

1 Excluding unamortised issue costs

2  In the case of variable rate loans, based on LIBOR at 30 December 2010 plus  

the appropriate margin

3  Cash adjustment for the £5.0 million tax payment made on 31 December 2010 
related to the current tax liabilities recorded at 30 December 2010 as disclosed 
in notes 22a and 35

Off balance sheet debt
The breakdown of the Group’s share of off balance sheet debt and net debt at year end was as follows:

Debt at 30 
December  30 December  30 December2  

Net debt at 

Loan to 
value at 

Group share 
The Mall 
The Junction 
X-Leisure 
FIX UK 
German joint venture 
Braehead 
Other3 

Off balance sheet 
German debt adjustment4 

Adjusted off balance sheet 

1 Excluding unamortised issue costs

2010 
% 
73 
60 
56 
93 
82 
89 
– 

20101 
£m 
138.4 
38.4 
35.6 
25.3 
201.2 
22.8 
n/a 

461.7 
(7.8) 

453.9 

2010 
£m 
119.5 
34.8 
32.8 
24.7 
190.6 
21.6 
(1.3) 

422.7 
(7.8) 

414.9

Average 
interest 
rate 
% 
4.94 
6.78 
6.52 
7.43 
4.55 
6.24 
– 

5.25 

Weighted 
average 
duration 
of fixing 
(years) 
4.3 
3.3 
3.1 
1.0 
2.2 
0.8 
– 

Weighted 
average
duration
to expiry
(years)
4.3
3.3
3.1
2.2
2.7
3.7
–

2.8 

3.3

Fixed 
% 
100 
99 
99 
100 
102 
88 
– 

100 

2 Borrowings (excluding unamortised issue costs) divided by investment property at fair value

3 Off balance sheet cash held in other associates and joint ventures 

4 Debt adjustment for the Group’s share of the €18 million German junior debt acquired during the year as disclosed in note 16c and 22a

12

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
w
e
i
v
e
r

s
s
e
n
i
s
u
B

:

1

On 21 July 2010, The Mall completed a restructuring of its borrowing 
arrangements. Unitholders agreed to an extension of the life of the 
Fund from June 2012 to June 2017, whilst bondholders agreed to an 
extension of the Intercompany Loan from the funding entity to The 
Mall Limited Partnership, which represents the effective maturity of 
the borrowing from the Fund’s perspective, from April 2012 to April 
2015. The key elements of the restructuring were:

•	 an increase in the margin payable on the notes from 0.18% to 
0.68% with effect from April 2011. As a result of amendments  
to the Fund’s hedging instruments, the interest rate payable on 
the bonds over the period to 2015 will, for most of the period,  
be below 5%;

•	 mandatory amortisation of the Intercompany Loan to £800 

million by December 2012 and £600 million by December 2014. 
Following the sale of Bristol in January 2011 for £50.2 million 
there will be a further bond repayment which, on a proforma 
basis, will result in The Mall debt falling to £777.5 million and the 
initial amortisation target being achieved well in advance of the 
required date;

•	 the introduction of an 83% LTV covenant from December 2011, 
reducing in stages to 65% in December 2014. Following the sale 
of Bristol in January 2011 the proforma LTV will be 72%;

•	 a suspension of the current release price mechanism until the LTV 
is below 60% and debt is less than £600 million, which will allow 
the sale of properties where the proceeds would be below the 
historically determined release price; and

•	 the restriction of distributions until the LTV is below 60% and 

debt less than £600 million.

A contribution of £155 million was also made from the Fund’s cash 
reserves, with £50 million used to repay existing debt, £85 million 
being set aside for leasing incentives, capital expenditure and  
working capital requirements, and £20 million covering the costs  
of the transaction, including swap breakage costs and consent 
solicitation fees.

The Mall debt is £827.7 million at year end, a fall of £418.5 million 
compared to £1,246.2 million at 30 December 2009. The debt fell  
as borrowings were repaid with the proceeds of the asset sales  
of Aberdeen, Preston, Ilford, Falkirk, Gloucester, Romford and 
Southampton, and a £50.0 million repayment from cash reserves  
as part of the refinancing in July 2010. The cash held in the Fund  
was £113.2 million at year end (2009: £235.7 million).

The Junction debt is £289.2 million at year end, a fall of £85.0 million 
compared to £374.2 million at 30 December 2009. The debt fell as 
borrowings were repaid with the proceeds of the asset sales of 
Aylesbury and Hull. A further repayment of £31.7 million took place  
in March 2011 from the proceeds of the sale of Portsmouth. The cash 
held in the Fund was £27.0 million at year end (2009: £28.3 million). 

X-Leisure debt is £298.3 million at year end, a fall of £56.2 million 
compared to £354.5 million at 30 December 2009. The debt fell as 
borrowings were repaid with the proceeds of the asset sales of Croydon 
and Birmingham. The cash held in the Fund was £23.8 million at year 
end (2009: £31.9 million). 

FIX UK is now included in off balance sheet debt, having been 
excluded in 2009 while the Group’s investment was impaired to  
£nil. The debt is £126.3 million at year end, a fall of £10.8 million 
compared to £137.1 million at 30 December 2009. The debt fell as 
borrowings were repaid following an equity raise in January 2010  
and from the proceeds of the sale of assets at Ipswich and Gloucester. 
The Group contributed £1.1 million as its share of new equity in 
connection with this refinancing. The cash held in the Fund was 
£3.2 million at year end (2009: £5.3 million).

The German joint venture is made up of six portfolios each of which  
is financed by separate and non-recourse euro-denominated loan 
facilities. The debt is €471.4 million at year end, a fall of €10.7 million 
compared to €482.1 million at 30 December 2009. At the applicable 
exchange rates this was equivalent to £405.7 million (2009: £435.8 
million). The cash held in the partnership was €24.6 million at year 
end (2009: €18.8 million).

During 2010, two loans were refinanced. The first was a €46.5 million 
facility with Bank of Scotland which has been extended to December 
2013 at a lower principal amount of €40.0 million, as the proceeds  
of two disposals were used to pay off the remainder of the debt.  
The second was a €65.0 million facility with Eurohypo comprising  
two loans which were extended to December 2013. The main focus  
is now on the refinancing of a €164.0 million debt in one of the 
German portfolios which matures in July 2011. The debt is made up  
of €146.0 million of senior debt which is held in an Irish securitisation 
vehicle, and €18.0 million of junior debt which was acquired by the 
Group and the German joint venture partner shortly before year end  
at a discount reducing the refinancing risk. We are in advanced 
discussions with the loan servicer on extending the maturity of the 
debt and are confident of a successful resolution. 

Braehead debt is £45.6 million at year end, a fall of £3.4 million 
compared to £49.0 million at 30 December 2009. The debt breached 
its LTV covenant in February 2010 and in April 2010, the Group and  
its joint venture partner agreed a refinancing of the loan by injecting 
funds which, together with cash already held in the partnership, 
reduced the debt to £45.6 million. The bank agreed to a standstill on 
the LTV breach prior to the refinancing being agreed. The terms of the 
loan were also renegotiated which increased the margin from 1% to 
2% which will be rolled up for payment in March 2012. The cash held 
in the partnership was £2.4 million at year end (2009: £2.3 million). 

The MEN Arena was sold in June 2010 and the associated bank loan  
of £47.8 million (our share of which was 30%) is therefore no longer 
included in off balance sheet debt.

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

13

 
 
Financial review continued

w
e
i
v
e
r

s
s
e
n
i
s
u
B

:

1

Maturity analysis
The chart below shows the maturity profile of the see-through debt 
and undrawn core credit facility at 30 December 2010:

•	 joint ventures and wholly owned entities, in both the UK and 

Germany; and 

Debt maturity

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

£74.0 million

£17.8 million

£201.3 million

£107.5 million

£169.6 million

£4.3 million

£15.7 million

Euro debt drawn

Sterling debt drawn

Undrawn core credit facility

Covenants
The Group and its associates and joint ventures were compliant with 
their banking and debt covenants at 30 December 2010. Further 
details on the various debt covenants are disclosed in the “other 
information” section in covenant information.

All LTV and ICR covenants on the German debt portfolios were met  
at 30 December 2010. However, the LTV on the debt maturing in July 
2011 is expected to be breached when a formal valuation is called as 
part of the refinancing arrangements but the expectation is that this 
will be simultaneously waived as part of the refinancing agreement.

Interest rate hedging
The majority of current borrowing, both at Group level and in the 
funds and joint ventures, continues to be covered by interest rate 
swaps. During the year, The Mall and the German joint venture have 
also entered into forward-dated cap contracts which will hedge some 
interest rate risk once the current swaps expire.

At 30 December 2010, the see-through valuation of the Group’s swaps 
and caps was a liability of £22.9 million (2009: £28.6 million), which 
will not be crystallised unless the underlying contracts are closed  
out before their expiry date. During the year, The Mall, The Junction, 
X-Leisure, FIX UK and the MEN Arena partnership terminated swaps  
at a total cost of £39.6 million, of which the Group’s share was  
£6.3 million.

Cash distributions
During the year, the Group received total cash distributions of  
£9.7 million comprising £5.6 million from The Junction Fund;  
£3.1 million from the German portfolio; £0.7 million from the 
X-Leisure Fund and £0.3 million from X-Leisure Limited.

Profitability
Recurring pre-tax profit
The Group’s recurring pre-tax profit for the year was £14.9 million,  
a fall of £2.6 million compared to £17.5 million in the prior year.  
The recurring pre-tax profit is derived from its two principal segments, 
which are:

•	 Asset businesses: comprising its share of net rental income  
less net interest expense arising from interests in associates,  

14

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

•	 Earnings businesses: comprising fees less fixed overheads earned 

by the wholly owned CRPM for asset/property management 
on behalf of The Mall, The Junction and certain joint ventures 
and wholly owned properties; by the X-Leisure Limited joint 
venture for non-regulated fund management and asset/property 
management on behalf of the X-Leisure Fund; and with effect 
from August 2010 by Garigal Asset Management GmbH associate 
for asset/property management on behalf of the German 
portfolio. Earnings businesses also include the operating profit 
from SNO!zone.

As shown in note 2a to the financial statements, the breakdown of 
recurring pre-tax profit by segment is as follows:

Asset businesses 
UK property investment  
German property investment 
Earnings businesses 
Property management   
SNO!zone 
Non-segment item 
Central costs 

Recurring pre-tax profit 

  Year to 30 
  December 
2010 
£m 

Year to 30 
December 
2009 
£m

8.2 
5.1 

5.8 
0.7 

(4.9) 

14.9 

11.1
6.1

5.3
0.9

(5.9)

17.5

Property investment: The recurring pre-tax profit from the three  
UK funds and other UK properties has fallen by £2.9 million compared 
to the prior year. This largely reflects the property disposals that have 
taken place during the period. The recurring pre-tax profit from 
Germany in sterling terms has fallen by £1.0 million compared to  
the prior year. This primarily relates to lower rental income following 
a lease surrender at the Kreuztal property and asset sales at the 
beginning of the year.

Property management: The recurring pre-tax profit has increased  
by £0.5 million compared to the prior year. Management fees have 
fallen by £3.8 million reflecting property disposals by The Mall,  
the introduction of a fixed fee on The Junction in May 2009, the 
sharing of X-Leisure fees in the X-Leisure Limited joint venture,  
and the sharing of the German portfolio fees in the Garigal Asset 
Management GmbH associate from August 2010. This fall in income 
has been more than offset by falls in management expense arising 
from the Group’s cost reduction programme.

With effect from 21 July 2010, the fee basis earned by CRPM for asset 
and property management on The Mall changed from a percentage of 
property under management to a fixed fee of £4.5 million per annum. 
This fee is subject to reduction on a sliding scale from 100% to 75%  
if the valuation of the properties in the Fund falls to between £850 
million and £600 million. The fee basis will be effective from 21 July 
2010 and is subject to final confirmation from the Mall Bond Security 
Trustee which is expected shortly. The revised basis is consistent with 
the trend in the market to introduce fixed fees to cover the direct costs 
incurred by the managers. It is also expected to provide a greater 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
w
e
i
v
e
r

s
s
e
n
i
s
u
B

:

1

alignment of interests between the Fund and its managers. The Group 
will continue to earn service charge fees and other ancillary income 
on the existing basis.

Profit/(loss) before tax
The profit before tax for the year was £46.4 million compared to a  
loss of £113.4 million in the prior year.

In August 2010, the Group acquired a 30% share in Garigal Asset 
Management GmbH, a German asset and property manager which has 
taken over responsibility for the asset and property management of 
the Group’s German joint venture. We believe that carrying out the 
asset and property management through a single German-based 
entity will provide more effective management of the portfolio, 
increasing the range of opportunities to monetise the Group’s stake 
and provide a German platform for extending these services to third 
parties. Whilst the arrangements are expected to enhance recurring 
profit in the medium term, the Group does not expect to see any 
significant change until after the middle of 2011 owing to the costs  
of scaling up the business and the transitional arrangements with  
the current managers. Garigal Asset Management GmbH will earn  
a performance fee from the German joint venture on any amount 
realised on an exit event in excess of an internal rate of return of  
12%, subject to a maximum of €15.0 million. The Garigal 
management team will earn the majority of this fee. 

SNO!zone: The recurring pre-tax profit decreased by £0.2 million 
compared to the prior year. This was a result of a fall in turnover  
of £1.2 million due to the exceptional impact of the adverse UK 
weather on visitor numbers across the three sites at the beginning  
and end of the year during the key winter season, combined in part 
with the impact of the economic downturn and competition from  
other operators and venues. The fall in turnover was offset by cost 
management initiatives and reduced rent on the Braehead facility 
which reduced expenses by £1.0 million.

Central costs: The central costs have decreased by £1.0 million 
compared to the prior year principally due to a reduction in the 
interest expense incurred on the central facility.

Performance fees: No performance fees have been recognised in 2010 
on any of the funds (2009: £nil). The basis for calculating performance 
fees and the current status is disclosed in notes 1 and 36 of the 
financial statements.

Recurring pre-tax profit  
Revaluation and impairment  
 of investment and trading properties 
Profit/(loss) on disposal  
Deemed disposal 
Revaluation of financial instruments 
Other non-recurring items 

Profit/(loss) before tax 

  Year to 30 
  December 
2010 
£m 
14.9 

Year to 30 
December  
2009 
£m
17.5

29.6 
4.5 
– 
0.6 
(3.2) 

46.4 

(110.5)
(9.4)
(7.2)
0.3
(4.1)

(113.4)

As well as the recurring pre-tax profit discussed above, the main 
factors behind the profit in the year were:

Property revaluation gains of £29.6 million most notably reflecting 
the recovery in valuations in the three UK funds as detailed in the 
operating review.

Profit on disposal of £4.5 million due to assets sales, most notably  
in The Mall and The Junction offset by a small loss on disposal in the 
German portfolio.

Financial instrument revaluation gains of £0.6 million due to gains on 
the interest rate swaps hedging the German portfolio, partially offset 
by losses on the interest rate swaps and caps hedging the Group’s UK 
property investments.

Other non-recurring items include impairments, one-off expenses  
and credits, tax suffered within the joint ventures and the costs of  
the Group’s various management incentive schemes. These items  
are split out in more detail in note 2 to the financial statements.

Tax
The tax charge for the year was £2.0 million compared to £6.3 million 
in the prior year. The current tax credit of £0.5 million (2009: charge 
£3.7 million) is offset by the deferred tax charge of £2.5 million (2009: 
£2.6 million). The termination of certain interest rate swaps together 
with the utilisation of brought forward losses has resulted in a small 
loss overall for the Group in the year. The deferred tax charge is due to 
the reversal of certain deferred tax assets carried against the liability 
for interest rate swaps and the recognition of deferred tax liabilities 
against tenant incentives.

The current tax liability of £5.8 million at year end (2009: £8.1 million) 
and non-current liability of £10.0 million (2009: £10.0 million) largely 
reflect the outstanding amount on the settlement concluded with the 
tax authorities during 2009 in relation to the tax structuring of certain 
property disposals by the Group in 2004 and 2005. This liability is 
subject to a deferred payment plan to 31 December 2012.

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

15

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial review continued

Property under management
During the year, property under management fell due to property 
disposals, which was partially offset by the recovery in property 
valuations. Details of the properties sold are set out in the operating 
review. The overall impact on property under management is set  
out below.

Foreign currency exposure management
The Group uses forward contracts to hedge against changes in 
exchange rates in relation to its investment in the German joint 
venture. At 30 December 2010, this was achieved through a contract 
for €47.0 million (2009: €47.0 million), hedging 85% of the Group’s 
German investment (2009: 89%).

w
e
i
v
e
r

s
s
e
n
i
s
u
B

:

1

During the year, the Group took advantage of the weakening of the 
euro against sterling to close out its existing €47.0 million contract  
at a small profit and extended the €47.0 million hedge for a further 
year to 28 April 2011. The strengthening of sterling since then meant 
that the value of the contract at 30 December 2010 was an asset of 
£0.6 million (2009: liability of £1.4 million). On 13 January 2011,  
the Group closed the existing forward contract crystallising a gain of 
£1.5 million that will be received in April 2011, and entered into a new 
forward contract to sell €47.0 million on 27 June 2012 at a fixed 
exchange rate of 1.185, which had the effect of extending the hedging 
arrangements on its net investment in the German portfolio.

To the extent the hedge is effective under accounting rules, valuation 
movements on the forward contracts are shown in reserves, where 
they partially offset the gain or loss in the value of the net investment 
in the Group’s German joint venture.

Financing strategy
Our financing structure needs to be flexible and cost effective and this 
is achieved through having cash of £20.7 million (after adjusting for 
the £5.0 million tax payment as disclosed in note 35) and an undrawn 
central revolving credit facility of £58 million at 30 December 2010. 
This gives the Group the scope to fund future property investments as 
opportunities arise. At an associate and joint venture level, debt has 
been raised from a variety of sources, with a spread of maturities to 
mitigate refinancing risk as set out in the debt maturity analysis 
chart. Debt held in associates and joint ventures is non-recourse  
to the Group. 

Going concern
As stated in note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the 
directors are satisfied that the Group has sufficient resources to 
continue in operation for the foreseeable future, a period of not  
less than 12 months from the date of this report. Accordingly,  
they continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the 
consolidated financial statements.

Charles Staveley 
Group Finance Director

Valuation at 
30 
December  
20091 
£m  
100%  
1,317  
The Mall  
572  
The Junction  
X-Leisure  
519  
German joint venture 535  
197  
Other properties 

Other  

 Valuation at  
30  
  December

Disposals  Movements2  Revaluation  
£m  
106  
23  
68  
–  
3  

£m  
(323)  
(128)  
(58)  
(7)  
(74)  

£m  
28  
9  
(1)  
(32)  
78  

20101 
£m 
1,128 
476 
528 
496 
204 

Property under  
management  

3,140  

(590)  

82  

200  

2,832 

1  Valuation excludes adjustments to property valuations for tenant incentives and 
head leases treated as finance leases and trading properties are included at the 
lower of cost and net realisable value 

2  Primarily profit or loss on disposal, foreign exchange movements in the German 
joint venture and the Ilford shopping centre, which was sold by The Mall in June 
2010 but which was still managed by CRPM on a short-term contract 

The split of property under management by sector is similar to the 
prior year end at 30 December 2010 is as follows:

Property under management by sector

• Shopping centres
• Retail parks
• Germany
• Leisure

42.4%

23.3%

17.5%

16.8%

16

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
Principal risks and uncertainties

There are a number of risks and uncertainties which could have a material impact on the Group’s future performance and could cause actual 
results to differ materially from expected and historical results. References to “the Group” include the funds and joint ventures in which Capital 
& Regional has an interest.

The Group carries out a regular review of the major risks it faces and monitors the controls that have been put in place to mitigate them. 
Property risks are also monitored at various levels within divisional management.

w
e
i
v
e
r

s
s
e
n
i
s
u
B

:

1

Risk

Impact

Mitigation

Property risks
Property investment market risks

•	 Weak economic conditions and poor sentiment 

in commercial real estate markets leading to low 
investor demand and market pricing correction

Tenant risks

•	 Tenant insolvency or distress 
•	 Prolonged downturn in tenant demand

Valuation

•	 In the absence of relevant transactional evidence, 
valuations can be inherently subjective leading  
to a degree of uncertainty

Property management income 

•	 Fee income, although largely fixed, may still fall 
based on value of property under management

•	 Contracts allow for termination under certain 
circumstances, which are largely outside 
management’s control 

•	 Small changes in property market yields have a 
significant effect on the value of the properties  
owned by the Group

•	 Impact of leverage could magnify the effect on  

the Group’s net assets

•	 Geographical and sector diversification of investments
•	 Monitoring of indicators of market direction and  

pursuit of opportunistic asset sales in those schemes 
and locations most likely to suffer adverse impact
•	 Review of debt levels and consideration of strategies 

to reduce if relevant

•	 Tenant failures and reduced tenant demand could 
adversely affect rental income revenues, lease 
incentive costs, void costs, available cash and the 
value of properties owned by the Group

•	 Large, diversified tenant base
•	 Review of tenant covenants before new leases signed
•	 Long-term leases and active credit control process
•	 Good relationships with, and active management 

of, tenants

•	 Void management though temporary lettings and 

other mitigation strategies

•	 Stated property valuations may not reflect the price 

received on sale 

•	 Use of experienced, external valuers
•	 Rotation of valuers
•	 Valuations reviewed by internal valuation experts

•	 Changes in property values, sales of properties 

or other events not wholly under management’s 
control could result in a reduction in or the loss of 
property management income

•	 Monitoring of compliance with terms of contracts
•	 Close dialogue with other investors and stakeholders
•	 Diversification of source of management income
•	 Contracts have now been largely renegotiated to  

Nature of investments

•	 The market for the Group’s investments can be 

•	 Inability to sell investments or fully control exit/

relatively illiquid

•	 Restrictions on ability to exercise full control  
over underlying investments in joint ventures  
or fund structures

asset sale strategies could result in investments in 
associates and joint ventures not being realisable  
at reported values

fix income

•	 Reduction of cost base as fee income falls to  

mitigate loss

•	 Close dialogue with other investors and stakeholders 
to align strategies and increase influence over the 
direction of investments

•	 Exercise of significant influence over associates 
and joint ventures through representation on 
management boards

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

17

 
 
Principal risks and uncertainties

Risk

Funding and treasury risks
Liquidity and funding

•	 Inability to fund the business or to  

refinance existing debt on economic  
terms when needed

w
e
i
v
e
r

s
s
e
n
i
s
u
B

:

1

Impact

Mitigation

•	 Inability to meet financial obligations (interest, loan 

repayments, expenses, dividends) when due

•	 Limitation on financial and operational flexibility
•	 Cost of financing could be prohibitive

•	 Capital raising, debt refinancing and asset sales at 
both Group and fund levels have improved liquidity 
position, reduced the potential impact of prolonged 
falls in property values and positioned the Group to 
respond quickly to the turning point in the cycle

•	 Ensuring that there are significant undrawn facilities 
•	 Option of further asset sales if necessary
•	 Efficient treasury management and regular 

proactive reporting of current and projected position 
to the Board to ensure debt maturities are dealt with 
in good time

Covenant compliance 

•	 Breach of any of loan covenants causing default on 

•	 Unremedied breaches can trigger demand for 

•	 Regular monitoring and projections of liquidity, 

debt and possible accelerated maturity

immediate repayment of loan

gearing and covenant compliance

Foreign exchange exposure

•	 Fluctuations in the exchange rate between sterling 
and the euro in respect of the Group’s German  
joint venture

•	 Adverse impact on sterling valuation of investments 
and income flows, and losses as a result of the Group 
having not, or not effectively, hedged its risk

Interest rate exposure

•	 Exposure to rising or falling interest rates

•	 If interest rates rise and are unhedged, the cost of 
debt facilities can rise and ICR covenants could  
be broken

•	 Hedging transactions used by the Group to minimise 
interest rate risk may limit gains, result in losses or 
have other adverse consequences 

•	 Review of future cash flows and predicted valuations 

to ensure sufficient headroom

•	 Exposure minimised by funding the German 

investment through euro denominated borrowings 
and hedging a large proportion of the remaining 
investment through derivatives

•	 Regular monitoring of the effectiveness of hedging 

and performance of derivative contracts

•	 Regular monitoring of the performance of derivative 

contracts and corrective action taken where necessary

•	 Use of alternative hedges such as caps

Other risks
Tax and regulation 

•	 Exposure to changes in tax legislation or the 
interpretation of tax legislation and property  
related regulations

•	 Potential exposure to tax liabilities in respect of 
previous transactions undertaken where the tax 
authorities disagree with the tax treatment adopted

Loss of key management

•	 Dependence of the Group’s business on the skills  

of a small number of key individuals 

•	 Tax related liabilities and other losses could arise

•	 Expert advice taken on tax positions and other regulations
•	 Maintenance of a regular dialogue with the tax authorities

•	 Loss of key individuals or an inability to attract new 
employees with the appropriate expertise could 
reduce the effectiveness with which the Group 
conducts its business

•	 Key management are paid market salaries and 

offered competitive incentive packages to ensure 
their retention

•	 Succession planning for key positions is undertaken
•	 Performance evaluation, training and development 
programmes are in place to maintain and enhance 
the quality of staff

The risks noted above do not comprise all those potentially faced by the Group and are not intended to be presented in any order of priority. 
Additional risks and uncertainties currently unknown to the Group, or which the Group currently deems immaterial, may also have an adverse 
effect on the financial condition or business of the Group in the future. These issues are kept under constant review to allow the Group to react  
in an appropriate and timely manner to help mitigate the impact of such risks.

18

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

19

 
 
 
 
Significant contracts or arrangements

The Company is required to disclose any contractual or other arrangements which it considers are essential to its business.

•	 The asset and property management agreements in relation to The Mall and The Junction are considered to be essential for the Company, 
because of the fee income they generate for the Company’s subsidiary CRPM and the significant influence they allow the Group to assert 
over the investments. The asset and property management agreements for X-Leisure and the German portfolio are also considered to 
be essential for the Company because of the fee income they generate for the Company’s X-Leisure Limited joint venture and Garigal 
associate, and the significant influence they allow the Group to assert over the investments.

w
e
i
v
e
r

s
s
e
n
i
s
u
B

:

1

•	 The Bank of Scotland £58 million central credit facility which is currently undrawn but provides the Group with liquidity.

•	  The Company also acts as a guarantor of the Great Northern and Hemel Hempstead loans, the Group’s central credit facility, and the rent 

payable by SNO!zone Braehead.

Certain of these agreements can be terminated in the event of a change of control of the Company as disclosed in the Directors’ report.

18

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

19

 
 
Directors

From left: Hugh Scott-Barrett, Kenneth Ford

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G

:

2

From left: Xavier Pullen, Charles Staveley

Executive directors

Hugh Scott-Barrett, Chief Executive, 52
Hugh has been Chief Executive since April 2008. He was previously  
a member of ABN AMRO’s managing board and served as Chief 
Operating Officer between 2003 and 2005 and Chief Financial  
Officer from 2006 to July 2007. Hugh brings over 25 years’ banking 
experience having also worked at SBC Warburg and Kleinwort Benson 
prior to joining ABN AMRO. He was educated both in Paris and at 
Oxford University. Hugh is a non-executive director of GAM Holding 
AG, a Swiss asset management company, and a non-executive 
director of The Goodwood Estate Company Limited.

Kenneth Ford, Executive Director, 57
Kenneth has been a director of Capital & Regional since 1997 and  
has Board responsibility for the Group’s shopping centre and retail 
park portfolios. He has been involved in commercial property for  
over 30 years.

Xavier Pullen, Executive Director, 59
Member of Responsible Business Committee
Xavier has been involved in the property industry for over 30 years 
and was a founder director of the Company in 1979. Xavier is 
responsible for supervising the German joint venture and the Group’s 
wholly owned and joint venture investments. Xavier is also responsible 
for the development of new business initiatives.

Charles Staveley, Group Finance Director, 47
Charles was appointed to the Board as Group Finance Director  
in October 2008. He qualified as a Chartered Accountant with  
Arthur Andersen and has additional tax and treasury qualifications.  
Before joining the Group he was Head of Tax and Treasury at Colt 
Telecommunications, prior to which he held roles with various other 
companies including De La Rue plc, Textron Inc and Novar plc.

20

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

21

 
 
 
From left: John Clare, Neno Haasbroek, Philip Newton

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G

:

2

From left: Louis Norval, Paul Stobart, Manjit Wolstenholme

Non-executive directors

John Clare, Chairman, 60
Chairman of Nomination Committee
John was Group Chief Executive of Dixons Group plc between 1993 and 
2007 and a non-executive director of Hammerson plc between 1988 
and 2009. He is currently Chairman of Dreams plc and Jobcentre Plus. 
He is also a non-executive director of Dyson Limited. John was 
appointed as a director and Chairman of the Company in June 2010.

Neno Haasbroek, Non-executive, 56
Neno joined Rand Life Assurance in South Africa as property manager 
in 1980 and became Investment Manager of Allianz Life in 1983. In 
1985, he co-founded Baker Street Associates, a group that specialises 
in property broking, development and management. He is a co-
founder and director of Attfund Limited, one of the largest private 
property investment companies in South Africa and through Parkdev 
is actively involved in the asset management of Attfund. He is also  
a director of JSE listed Sycom Property Fund. He has a BSc Building 
Science degree from the University of Pretoria and an MBA from the 
University of the Witwatersrand. Neno was appointed a director of  
the Company in 2009.

Philip Newton, Non-executive, 62
Chairman of Remuneration Committee and member of  
Responsible Business Committee
Philip is the former CEO of Merchant Retail Group plc, owners of  
The Perfume Shop, a 150-store chain that he developed from its 
beginnings. He is Chairman of Windsor Vehicle Leasing Limited, a 
vehicle finance and fleet management company, and Cornish Kitchen, 
a fast food retail business with 20 stores. His early career was in the 
District Valuer’s Office and then the property development industry. 
Philip was appointed as a director of the Company in 2006.

Louis Norval, Non-executive, 55
Louis was a founding member and senior partner of Norval Wentzel 
Steinberg Quantity Surveyors. Thereafter he joined Baker Street 
Associates Holdings (Pty) Limited as an executive director. Currently, 
he is Executive Chairman and Chief Executive of Attfund Limited as 
well as Attfund Retail Limited. Louis is also Managing Director of the 
Parkdev Group of companies. Louis also serves on the board of a 
number of other companies. He graduated in BSc (QS) (Cum Laude) 
from the University of Pretoria. Louis was appointed a director of the 
Company in 2009.

Paul Stobart, Non-executive, 53
Senior Independent Director and member of Audit,  
Remuneration and Nomination Committees
After qualifying as a Chartered Accountant with Price Waterhouse, 
Paul spent five years in corporate finance with Hill Samuel before 
joining Interbrand, an international marketing services consultancy, 
in 1988. He joined The Sage Group plc in 1996 as Business 
Development Director, becoming Chief Executive Officer, UK and 
Ireland, in 2003 and Chief Executive Officer, Sage Northern Europe 
in 2011. Paul was appointed as a director of the Company in 2003.

Manjit Wolstenholme, Non-executive, 46
Chairman of Audit Committee and member of  
Remuneration and Nomination Committees
After qualifying as a Chartered Accountant with Coopers & Lybrand, 
Manjit spent 13 years at Dresdner Kleinwort Wasserstein, latterly  
as co-Head of Investment Banking, where she was responsible for 
managing the division as well as advising clients on a wide range  
of transactions. She is also a non-executive director of Provident 
Financial plc, Albany Investment Trust, Future plc and non-executive 
governor of Manchester Academic Health & Science Centre.  
Manjit was appointed as a director of the Company in 2006.

20

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

21

 
 
 
Directors’ report

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G

:

2

Introduction
The directors present their report together with the audited financial 
statements for the year ended 30 December 2010.

Results and proposed dividends
The consolidated income statement shows a profit on ordinary 
activities after taxation of £44.4 million (2009: loss of £119.7 million).

The directors continue to believe that dividends should be paid in 
accordance with the Group’s cash flow requirements and anticipated 
future financial performance, whilst maintaining an appropriate  
level of dividend cover. The directors do not recommend the payment 
of a final dividend as cash generated in many of the investments  
is currently being used either for capital expenditure or to pay  
down debt.

The directors are committed to resuming dividend payments when 
they consider it is prudent to do so but the future payment of 
dividends will be linked for the foreseeable future to the Group’s  
cash generating capability, and will normally be restricted to not  
more than 50% of operating cash flow less interest and tax, with  
any final dividend being subject to the approval of shareholders  
at a general meeting.

Principal activities, trading review and future developments
The principal activity of the Group is that of a specialist property 
company with a focus on retail investments in the UK and Germany. 
The Group has two investments in well established UK retail funds;  
a joint venture with a German retail property portfolio; and a number 
of interests in leisure and trade park properties in addition to 
performing asset and property management.

A review of the activities and prospects of the Group is given in the 
Chairman’s statement, the operating review and the financial review.

Business review
The information that fulfils the requirements of the business review 
including key performance indicators can be found in the operating 
review and the financial review which are incorporated in this report 
by reference.

Events after the reporting period are set out in note 35 to the  
financial statements. 

More detail on the financial risks facing the Group is set out in  
note 22 to the financial statements. 

The purpose of this annual report is to provide information to  
the members of the Company. The annual report contains certain 
forward-looking statements with respect to the operations, 
performance and financial condition of the Group. By their nature, 
these statements involve uncertainty since future events and 
circumstances can cause results and developments to differ 
materially from those anticipated. The forward-looking statements 
reflect knowledge and information available at the date of preparation 
of this annual report and the Group undertakes no obligation to 
update them. Nothing in this annual report should be construed  
as a profit forecast.

22

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

Directors
The directors of the Company during the period were: H Scott-Barrett, 
T Chandos (retired 28 June 2010), J Clare (appointed 29 June 2010),  
A Coppin (retired 30 September 2010), K Ford, N Haasbroek, P Newton, 
L Norval, X Pullen, C Staveley, P Stobart and M Wolstenholme.

In connection with the Parkdev Investors’ acquisition of Parkdev  
Firm Placed Shares and pursuant to the Relationship Agreement  
that the Parkdev Investors and the Company entered into, the 
Company agreed, upon request, to appoint two non-executive 
directors nominated by Parkdev to the Board for so long as the 
Parkdev Investors own 20% or more of the issued ordinary share 
capital in the Company and one non-executive director to the Board  
if the Parkdev Investors own less than 20% but not less than 15%  
of the issued ordinary share capital in the Company. L Norval and  
N Haasbroek are Parkdev nominated non-executive directors.

In accordance with the Articles of Association, H Scott-Barrett,  
C Staveley and M Wolstenholme will retire from the Board by rotation 
and offer themselves for re-election. J Clare, who having been 
appointed by the Board would vacate office at the conclusion  
of the AGM also offers himself for re-election.

The Company maintains insurance for the directors in respect  
of liabilities arising from the performance of their duties.

Directors’ interests
The directors and, where relevant, their connected persons (within  
the meaning of Section 252 of the Companies Act 2006) are interested 
in 99,616,720 issued shares representing 28.41% of the issued 
ordinary share capital of the Company as detailed in the directors’ 
remuneration report.

There were no contracts of significance subsisting during or at the  
end of the year in which a director of the Company was materially 
interested. No director had a material interest in the share capital  
of other Group companies during the year.

Substantial shareholdings
In addition to the interests of the directors, the Company has  
been notified pursuant to Section DTR5 of the FSA Disclosure & 
Transparency Rules of the following notifiable interests in its issued 
ordinary share capital at 18 March 2011 (the latest practicable date 
prior to the issue of this report):

Parkdev International Asset Managers 
Laxey Partners 
Morgan Stanley Investment Management 
Pinelake International   
Standard Life Investments 
APG Asset Management 
Henderson Global Investors 
Legal & General Investment Management 
Rreef Real Estate 

 Number of shares 
 73,064,197 
 30,751,263 
 27,594,233 
 18,924,243 
 18,268,824 
 15,592,426 
 14,000,990 
 13,275,332 
 12,567,812 

%
20.84
8.77
7.87
5.40
5.21
4.45
3.99
3.79
3.58

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

23

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G

:

2

Capital structure
The Company has one class of ordinary shares of 1p each with  
equal voting rights. In addition, the trustees of the Long-Term 
Incentive Share Scheme have the right to vote on behalf of the  
Group’s employees. Further information is given in notes 23 and  
24 to the financial statements.

The Group has agreements in place which alter upon a change  
of control of the Company as follows:

•	 The X-Leisure Limited asset management agreement with 

X-Leisure can be terminated by the fund partnership if there is a 
change of control where the beneficial interest in more than 50% 
of the issued share capital of X-Leisure Limited ceases to be held 
by a member of the Group and/or AREA.

•	 The £58 million core revolving credit facility can be called in if 
there is a change of control of the Company, which is defined 
to be either 50% of its issued share capital being held by or 
on behalf of a single entity or group, or more than 50% of the 
directors immediately following the completion of the Group’s 
capital raising in September 2009 (including the two directors 
appointed by Parkdev) ceasing to be directors, or to constitute 
50% of the board. If this occurs the bank has the right to 
repayment of the loan.

•	 In addition, certain taxes could be potentially levied, and certain 
tax losses could be lost in some circumstances where there are 
varying degrees of change of ownership of the Group’s shares.

The right of The Mall to remove CRPM as manager of the fund  
if there was a change of control of Capital & Regional plc will be  
removed once the Mall Bond Security Trustee has issued final 
confirmation of the fee arrangements which is expected shortly.

Use of financial derivatives
The use of financial derivatives is set out in note 22 to the financial 
statements.

Shares acquired during the year
The Capital & Regional Employee Share Ownership Trust did not 
acquire any shares in 2010 (2009: 198,076). Details are set out in  
note 24 to the financial statements.

Compliance with combined code
A statement on corporate governance is set out in the corporate 
governance report, which is incorporated in this report by reference.

Responsible business
The responsible business statement is set out in the responsible 
business report on pages 37 to 41, which is incorporated in this report 
by reference.

Employees
The Group is committed to a policy that treats all of its employees  
and job applicants equally. No employee or potential employee 
receives less favourable treatment or consideration on the grounds  
of race, colour, religion, nationality, ethnic origin, sex, sexual 
orientation, marital status, or disability. Nor is any employee or 
potential employee disadvantaged by any conditions of employment 
or requirements of the Group that cannot be justified as necessary  
on operational grounds.

During the year, the Group maintained arrangements to provide 
employees with information on matters of concern to them, to 
regularly consult employees for views on matters affecting them,  
to encourage employee involvement in the Group’s performance 
through share schemes, and to make all employees aware of financial 
and economic factors affecting the performance of the Group.

Stakeholder pensions
As a result of the Government’s introduction of stakeholder pensions 
in April 2001, employers must provide their employees with access 
to a stakeholder pension scheme. The Group appointed consultants,  
who put such a scheme in place, and also nominated a stakeholder 
pension provider at that time. Employees have been able to join this 
scheme since May 2001.

Charitable donations
The main thrust of charitable support is at local level through the 
Group’s associates and joint ventures. At Group level small donations 
have been made during the year totalling £2,260 (2009: £4,528).

Registered office
The Company’s registered office address is 52 Grosvenor Gardens, 
London SW1W 0AU.

Payment of suppliers
The policy of the Group is to settle supplier invoices within the  
terms of trade agreed with individual suppliers. Where no specific 
terms have been agreed, the Group endeavours to make payment 
within one month of the receipt of the goods or service. At the  
year end, the Group had an average of 30 days (2009: 53 days) 
purchases outstanding.

Purchase of own shares
At the balance sheet date, the Company had authority to purchase 
14.9% of the issued share capital and this authority will be renewed  
at 10.0% as per resolution 11 below.

Auditors’ information
Each of the persons who is a director at the date of approval of this 
annual report confirms that:

•	 so far as the director is aware, there is no relevant audit 

information of which the Company’s auditor is unaware; and

•	 the director has taken all the steps that he/she ought to have 

taken as a director in order to make himself/herself aware of any 
relevant audit information and to establish that the Company’s 
auditors are aware of that information.

This confirmation is given and should be interpreted in accordance 
with the provisions of s418 of the Companies Act 2006.

22

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

23

 
Directors’ report continued

Explanatory notes to resolutions
Resolutions 1 to 9 and Resolution 14 are proposed as ordinary 
resolutions. This means that for each of those resolutions to be 
passed, more than half of the votes cast must be in favour of the 
resolution. Resolutions 10 to 13 are proposed as special resolutions. 
This means that for each of those resolutions to be passed, at least 
three-quarters of the votes cast must be in favour of the resolution.

Resolution 9 (authority to allot) 
Resolution 9 would give the directors the authority to allot shares in 
the Company and grant rights to subscribe for or convert any security 
into shares in the Company up to an aggregate nominal value of 
£1,168,592. This represents approximately 33.33% of the ordinary 
share capital of the Company in issue at 22 March 2011 (being the 
latest practicable date prior to the publication of this report). 

The directors’ authority will expire on the conclusion of the next 
Annual General Meeting. The directors have no present intention to 
make use of the authority sought under this resolution. As at the date 
of this report the Company does not hold any ordinary shares in the 
capital of the Company in treasury.

Resolution 10 (statutory pre-emption rights) 
Under company law, when new shares are allotted or treasury shares 
are sold for cash, they must generally first be offered to existing 
shareholders pro rata to their holdings. This special resolution gives 
the directors authority, for the period ending on the date of the next 
Annual General Meeting to: (a) allot shares of the Company and sell 
treasury shares for cash in connection with a rights issue or other 
pre-emptive offer; and (b) otherwise allot shares of the Company,  
or sell treasury shares, for cash up to an aggregate nominal value  
of £175,306 (representing in accordance with institutional investor 
guidelines, approximately 5% of the total ordinary share capital in 
issue as at 22 March 2011 (being the latest practicable date prior to 
the publication of this report) in each case as if the pre-emption rights 
in company law did not apply. 

The directors have no immediate plans to make use of these 
authorities. The board intends to adhere to the provisions in the 
Pre-emption Group’s Statement of Principles not to allot shares for 
cash on a non-pre-emptive basis in excess of an amount equal to 7.5% 
of the company’s ordinary share capital within a rolling three-year 
period without prior consultation with shareholders. 

Resolution 1 (annual report and accounts)
The directors of the Company must present to the meeting the 
audited annual accounts and the directors’ and auditors’ report  
for the financial year ended 31 December 2010.

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G

:

2

Resolution 2 (remuneration report)
The Company’s shareholders will be asked to approve the 
remuneration report set out on pages 27 to 32 of the annual  
report and accounts at the Annual General Meeting.

Resolutions 3 and 4 (appointment and remuneration of auditors) 
The Company must appoint auditors at each general meeting at 
which accounts are presented to shareholders to hold office until the 
conclusion of the next such meeting. Resolution 3 seeks shareholder 
approval to reappoint Deloitte & Touche LLP as the Company’s 
auditors. In accordance with normal practice, Resolution 4 seeks 
authority for the Company’s directors to fix their remuneration.

Resolutions 5 to 8 (appointment and retirement of directors)
The Company’s articles of association permit any director appointed 
by the directors since the date of the last Annual General Meeting to 
hold office only until the date of the next Annual General Meeting.  
The director is then eligible for election by shareholders. In addition, 
one third of the directors are required to retire by rotation each year.

John Clare, non-executive chairman, is standing for election as a 
director by resolution 5, following his appointment by the directors in 
June 2010. Hugh Scott-Barrett and Charles Staveley, both executive 
directors, and Manjit Wolstenholme, a non-executive director, will 
retire by rotation this year and are proposed for re-election through 
resolutions numbered 6 to 8. 

The Board is satisfied that all of the non-executive directors standing 
for election and re-election are independent in character and 
judgement and there are no relationships or circumstances which are 
likely to affect their character or judgement. Each of the directors has 
had a formal performance evaluation and the nomination committee 
believes that the performance of each of them continues to be 
effective and to demonstrate commitment to the role.

Biographical details of the directors standing for election appear on 
pages 20 and 21 of this report.

24

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

25

 
Resolution 11 (authority for market purchases of own shares)
Resolution 11 renews the Company’s current authority to make 
limited market purchases of the Company’s ordinary shares. The 
authority is limited to a maximum aggregate number of 35,061,275 
ordinary shares (representing 10% of the issued share capital as at  
22 March 2011 (being the latest practicable date prior to publication 
of this report)) and sets out the minimum and maximum prices that 
can be paid, exclusive of expenses. The authority conferred by this 
resolution will expire at the conclusion of the Company’s next Annual 
General Meeting or 15 months from the passing of this resolution, 
whichever is the earlier. Any purchases of ordinary shares would  
be made by means of market purchase through the London  
Stock Exchange.

The directors have no present intention of exercising the authority to 
purchase the Company’s ordinary shares. The directors would only 
purchase shares if, in their opinion, the expected effect would be to 
result in an increase in earnings per ordinary share and would benefit 
shareholders generally.

The total number of options to subscribe for new ordinary shares in 
the Company as at 22 March 2011 was nil following the expiry of the 
outstanding 1998 options during the year. 

Resolution 12 (adoption of new articles of association)
It is proposed in resolution 12 to adopt new articles of association  
(the “New Articles”) in order to update the Company’s current articles 
of association (the “Current Articles”) primarily to take account of the 
implementation of the Companies (Shareholders’ Rights) Regulations 
2009 and the implementation of the final parts of the Companies  
Act 2006.

The principal changes introduced in the New Articles are summarised 
on pages 109 to 111. Other changes, which are of a minor, technical  
or clarifying nature and also some more minor changes which merely 
reflect changes made by the Companies Act 2006 or the Companies 
(Shareholders’ Rights) Regulations 2009 or conform the language  
of the New Articles with that used in the model articles for public 
companies produced by the Department for Business, Innovation and 
Skills have not been noted in the summary. The New Articles showing 
all the changes to the Current Articles are available for inspection as 
detailed in the Notice of the AGM.

Resolution 13 (notice of general meetings)
This resolution is proposed to allow the Company to call general 
meetings (other than an AGM) on not less than 14 clear days’ notice.

Changes made to the Companies Act 2006 by the Companies 
(Shareholders’ Rights) Regulations 2009 have increased the notice 
period required for general meetings of the Company to 21 days 
unless shareholders approve a shorter notice period, which cannot 
however be less than 14 clear days. AGMs will continue to be held on 
at least 21 clear days’ notice. 

The approval will be effective until the Company’s next Annual General 
Meeting, when it is intended that a similar resolution will be proposed. 
It is noted that the changes to the Companies Act 2006 also mean 
that, in order to be able to call a general meeting on less than 21 clear 
days’ notice, the Company must make a means of electronic voting 
available to all shareholders for that meeting.

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G

:

2

Resolution 14 (ratification of previous payments to non-executive 
directors)
The Current Articles contain a limit on the Company paying fees to 
directors (other than executive directors) in excess of £150,000 per 
annum, which was approved by shareholders in 1997, (such amount 
being increased in accordance with increases in the Retail Price Index 
from the date of the adoption of the Current Articles) other than with 
the approval of shareholders by ordinary resolution.

In reviewing the Current Articles, it has come to the attention of the 
directors that the Company has inadvertently exceeded this limit in 
the financial year of the Company ending on 30 December 2010 and 
has (or may have) done so in previous financial years of the Company. 
The amounts paid to non-executive directors in any financial year 
have been set out in the annual reports and financial statements of 
the Company for the relevant year.

The purpose of resolution 14 is to approve and ratify the decisions  
of the current and former directors of the Company to make  
such payments.

In accordance with section 239 of the Companies Act 2006, the votes 
of the directors of the Company, and of any members connected with 
them, in favour of this resolution will be disregarded in determining 
whether this resolution is passed.

By order of the Board

F Desai 
Company Secretary 
22 March 2011

24

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

25

 
Statement of directors’ responsibilities

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G

:

2

The directors are responsible for preparing the annual report and the 
financial statements in accordance with applicable law and regulations.

Company law requires the directors to prepare financial statements 
for each financial year. Under that law the directors are required  
to prepare the Group financial statements in accordance with 
International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the 
European Union and Article 4 of the IAS Regulation and have elected 
to prepare the parent company financial statements in accordance 
with United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice (United 
Kingdom Accounting Standards and applicable law). Under company 
law the directors must not approve the financial statements unless 
they are satisfied that they give a true and fair view of the state of 
affairs of the Company and of the profit or loss of the Company for 
that period. 

In preparing the parent company financial statements, the directors 
are required to:

•	 select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently;

•	 make judgments and accounting estimates that are reasonable 

and prudent;

•	 state whether applicable UK Accounting Standards have been 
followed, subject to any material departures disclosed and 
explained in the financial statements; and

•	 prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis 
unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Company will 
continue in business.

In preparing the Group financial statements, International Accounting 
Standard 1 requires that directors:

•	 properly select and apply accounting policies;

•	 present information, including accounting policies, in a manner 
that provides relevant, reliable, comparable and understandable 
information; 

•	 provide additional disclosures when compliance with the  

specific requirements in IFRSs are insufficient to enable users  
to understand the impact of particular transactions, other events 
and conditions on the entity’s financial position and financial 
performance; and

•	 make an assessment of the Group’s ability to continue as  

a going concern.

The directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records 
that are sufficient to show and explain the Company’s transactions 
and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial 
position of the Company and enable them to ensure that the financial 
statements comply with the Companies Act 2006. They are also 
responsible for safeguarding the assets of the Company and hence  
for taking reasonable steps for the prevention and detection of fraud 
and other irregularities.

The directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the 
corporate and financial information included on the Group’s website. 
Legislation in the United Kingdom governing the preparation and 
dissemination of financial statements may differ from legislation  
in other jurisdictions

Directors’ responsibility statement
We confirm that to the best of our knowledge:

•	 the financial statements, prepared in accordance with the 

relevant financial reporting framework, give a true and fair view 
of the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit or loss of the 
Company and the undertakings included in the consolidation 
taken as a whole; and

•	 the operating review and financial review, which are incorporated  
by reference into the directors’ report, includes a fair review of the 
development and performance of the business and the position of 
the Company and the undertakings included in the consolidation 
taken as a whole, together with a description of the principal risks 
and uncertainties that they face.

On behalf of the Board

H Scott-Barrett 
Chief Executive

C Staveley 
Group Finance Director 
22 March 2011 

26

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

27

 
Directors’ remuneration report

Unaudited information
Remuneration Committee
The Company has a Remuneration Committee (“the Committee”) 
appointed by the Board, consisting entirely of non-executive directors, 
which is constituted in accordance with the recommendation of the 
Combined Code. P Newton acts as Chairman, with M Wolstenholme 
and P Stobart the other members of the Committee. The terms of 
reference of the Remuneration Committee are available for inspection 
on the Group’s website.

The Committee is responsible for setting the remuneration policy  
for the executive directors and senior employees. The Committee 
determines the terms of the service agreements, salaries and 
discretionary bonus payments, as well as deciding on the awards to  
be made to all participants in the Group’s share schemes. Advice from 
independent external advisers is obtained when required. During the 
year, the Committee has sought advice from PricewaterhouseCoopers 
in respect of the amendments to the Group’s 2008 LTIP scheme. 

Remuneration policy
The Committee seeks to ensure that the total remuneration received 
by the executive directors under their contracts is competitive within 
the property industry and will motivate them to perform at the 
highest level.

In order to align the interests of executive directors with the interests 
of shareholders, a significant proportion of directors’ remuneration is 
performance related through the use of annual bonus and incentive 
schemes. Performance-related payments are deferred to aid retention, 
but are uncapped in line with practice in the private equity and 
property fund management industry. In addition, the Committee 
aims to achieve an appropriate balance between directors’ 
remuneration packages and those of other key management.

Basic salaries
The Committee’s policy is to set the basic salaries of executive 
directors at levels which reflect their roles, experience and the 
practices in the employment market. The basic salaries have been  
set in the past with reference to the FTSE 350 Real Estate comparative 
group and this will be reviewed by the Remuneration Committee on  
an ongoing basis.

The directors’ annual salaries and fees are shown below:

Executive directors
H Scott-Barrett 
X Pullen 
C Staveley 
K Ford 
Non-executive directors 
T Chandos * 
A Coppin * 
N Haasbroek 
P Newton 
L Norval 
P Stobart 
M Wolstenholme 

2010 
£000 

2009 
£000

300 
200 
250 
250 

105 
39 
33 
39 
33 
39 
39 

340
292
260
282

125
42
36
42
36
42
42

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G

:

2

* Retired from the board during the year

With the exception of H Scott-Barrett, who has also given up his 
entitlement to cash in lieu of pension contributions of £60,284,  
all other benefits, where relevant, remain unchanged.

J Clare was appointed as the new Chairman on 29 June 2010.  
His annual fee is £125,000.

Annual bonus scheme
The Committee may award cash bonuses to executive directors up  
to 100% of salary based on the Committee’s independent assessment 
of the Group’s financial performance during the year and the 
individual contribution made by each executive director. Individual 
contributions are assessed on business building (success in growing 
the business), financial results (total return and return on equity),  
and team building (indicated by low staff turnover and progress in 
developing key individuals). No bonuses were awarded to the 
executive directors for 2010.

26

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

27

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ remuneration report continued

Incentive schemes
Current incentive schemes
The Group has six incentive schemes under which awards subsisted 
during the year:

Old incentive schemes
•	 The 1998 Share Option Schemes (the “1998 Scheme”)

For every Acquired Share, the Trustee agreed to provide a maximum  
of three matching shares (“Matching Shares”) at the end of a three- 
year vesting period (the “Vesting Period”), as follows:

•	 one share in the Company without a performance condition, 

(“Match 1”); plus

•	 up to one further share in the Company subject to a performance 

•	 The Long Term Incentive Plan (the “2002 LTIP”)

condition (“Match 2”); plus

New incentive schemes set up in 2008
•	 Matching Share Agreement for H Scott-Barrett (the “Matching 

•	 up to one further share in the Company subject to a tougher 

performance condition (“Match 3”).

Share Agreement”)

•	 The Co-Investment Plan (the “COIP”)

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G

:

2

•	 The Save As You Earn Plan (the “SAYE Scheme”)

•	 The Long Term Incentive Plan (the “2008 LTIP”)

H Scott-Barrett has since waived his entitlement to any awards  
under Match 2 and Match 3.

Following the Group’s Capital Raising in September 2009, the shares 
subject to the Matching Share Agreement were adjusted by the same 
factor used in the rebasing of the SAYE Scheme. The award under 
Match 1 after adjustment is therefore now 302,055 shares.

The final options under the 1998 Scheme lapsed during the year 
without any options being exercised. The shares awarded under the 
2002 LTIP lapsed at the start of the year as the relevant performance 
conditions were not met.

The award under Match 1 vested on 11 March 2011 and 302,055 
Matching Shares will be transferred to H Scott-Barrett following the 
announcement of the Group’s final results.

A summary of the principal features of the 2008 LTIP, the COIP and 
the SAYE Scheme is set out under “Audited information” below.

Matching Share Agreement for H Scott-Barrett
As part of the negotiation to secure his appointment and also to 
demonstrate his commitment to the Group, H Scott-Barrett agreed  
to purchase shares in the Company on condition that he was provided 
with certain matching shares. Accordingly, H Scott-Barrett was  
granted an award of matching shares in accordance with Rule 9.4.2  
of the Listing Rules. The principal terms of the incentive arrangement 
are set out below.

The Matching Share Agreement was entered into by the trustee of  
the Capital & Regional plc Employee Share Ownership Trust 2002  
(the “Trustee”) and H Scott-Barrett on 9 March 2008. Under the 
Matching Share Agreement, H Scott-Barrett agreed to acquire between 
100,000 and 200,000 shares in the Company (“Acquired Shares”) 
within 30 days of the announcement of the Group’s results for the 
period ended 30 December 2007. H Scott-Barrett acquired 150,000 
shares on 11 March 2008.

Pension arrangements
The Group makes contributions, at proportional rates to basic salary, 
to defined contribution pension schemes of each executive director’s 
choice, except in the case of X Pullen where a salary supplement of 
£51,773 was paid in lieu of pension contributions.

Other benefits
Benefits consist of private medical insurance cover, permanent health 
insurance cover, critical illness cover and life cover.

Service contracts
Each of the present executive directors has a rolling service agreement 
which can be terminated on one-year’s notice by either party. In the 
event of early termination of an executive director’s agreement, the 
Committee will determine the amount of compensation (if any) to be 
paid by reference to the circumstances of the case at the time. It is 
the Committee’s policy not to reward poor performance and to take 
account of the executive director’s duty to mitigate loss.

The dates of the executive directors’ service agreements are as follows:

H Scott-Barrett 
X Pullen  
K Ford 
C Staveley 

9 March 2008 
28 October 1993 
17 May 1996 
1 October 2008

28

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

29

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Group allows executive directors to take up external positions 
outside the Group, providing they do not involve a significant 
commitment and do not cause conflict with their duties to the Group. 
Directors are allowed to retain all remuneration arising from any 
external position.

X Pullen is a non-executive director for Brandeaux, a privately owned 
fund management group. H Scott-Barrett is a non-executive director 
of GAM Holding AG, a leading Swiss asset management company. The 
Group does not consider that these appointments involve significant 
commitment or that the roles conflict with their duties to the Group. 
Any earnings received from the appointments are kept by the 
individuals concerned and have not been disclosed to the Group.

Chairman and non-executive directors
Each non-executive director received fees of £33,000 per annum in 
2010. The Chairmen received additional fees of £92,000 per annum, 
while the Senior Independent Director and the Chairmen of each of 
the Audit, Remuneration and Responsible Business Committees 
received an additional fee of £6,000 per annum. The non-executive 
directors are not entitled to bonuses, benefits, pension contributions 
or to participate in any incentive schemes.

Their remuneration comprises a standard director’s fee and a fee, 
where relevant, for additional responsibilities. The remuneration 
provided takes into account the level of responsibility, experience  
and abilities required and the marketplace for similar positions  
in comparable companies. In certain circumstances, if there is a 
requirement for extra work to be carried out by a non-executive 
director, an additional fee is paid by the Group to that director from 
time to time. Details of the non-executive directors’ fees are set out 
under Audited information below.

None of the non-executive directors has a service agreement and they 
are all appointed for three-year fixed terms.

Performance graph 
The graph below is prepared in accordance with the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report Regulations 2002 and illustrates the Company’s 
performance compared to a broad equity market index. In the past, 
the Group has used the FTSE Real Estate Index but as this is no longer 
available, since 2009 the Group has used The Thomson Reuters 
Datastream Real Estate Index instead. Performance is measured by 
total shareholder return (share price growth plus dividends paid).

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G

:

2

.

.

0
0
1
=
4
0
2
1
0
3
t
a
x
e
d
n
I
R
S
T

300

200

100

0

2004

Capital & Regional

Thomson Reuters
Datastream
Real Estate Index

FTSE All Share Index

2005

2006

2007

2008

2009

2010

Financial year end

28

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

29

 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ remuneration report continued

Audited information
2002 LTIP
Shares which were conditionally awarded to the directors under the 
2002 LTIP are set out below:

Awards 
outstanding at 
30 December 
2009 

Date of 
award 

qualifying 
period 
16,816  23/04/2007  1,561.0   31/12/2009 
17,489  23/04/2007  1,561.0   31/12/2009 

K Ford 
X Pullen 

Awards  
End of  outstanding at 
30 December 
2010
–
–

Market 
price 
on date 
of award 
(p) 

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G

:

2

The relevant performance conditions were not met so none of the 
outstanding awards vested and all lapsed at the start of the year.

2008 LTIP
The 2008 LTIP was set up to replace the previous LTIP but no awards 
were made under this scheme in 2008 or 2009. The Remuneration 
Committee concluded that the 2008 LTIP scheme did not fully meet 
its objectives and during the year shareholder approval was granted 
for certain amendments.

The rules of the 2008 LTIP originally permitted awards of up to  
150% of salary on an annual basis (up to 200% in exceptional 
circumstances) but were amended to allow one-off awards to be made 
up to 360% of salary. The Remuneration Committee decided to make 
one-off awards covering the three-year period 2010 to 2012 to address 
the need for management retention and incentivisation, while also 
reflecting the continuing turnaround through which senior 
management is leading the Company.

COIP
The COIP was designed to be operated in conjunction with the Group’s 
annual bonus arrangements, with the Remuneration Committee 
inviting certain key employees to acquire shares in the Company  
from a proportion of their net (post tax) annual bonus and lodge  
such shares for the purposes of the COIP (the “Lodged Shares”).

Participants received an award (the “COIP Award”) enabling them  
to acquire additional matching shares at the end of a performance 
period based on the number of Lodged Shares which had been 
acquired, subject to the satisfaction of performance conditions  
and continued employment.

It was envisaged that the maximum investment eligible for a 
matching award would normally be 30% of gross basic salary; 
however, individuals who received a payout from the Group’s  
previous Capital Appreciation Plan (“CAP”) could invest this  
payment up to a maximum of 100% of their gross salary.

The number of matching shares which were awarded to a  
participant was limited to two shares for every one Lodged Share  
for executive directors and one share for every one Lodged Share  
for other employees.

COIP Awards may only normally be made in the period of 42 days 
beginning on the dealing day following the date on which the COIP  
is adopted by the Group, or within the period of 42 days beginning  
on the dealing day following the announcement of the Group’s interim 
or final results, or otherwise at other times if the Remuneration 
Committee considers there are exceptional circumstances. 

The first awards under the LTIP were based on achieving Total 
Shareholder Return (“TSR”) targets over a three-year period, based  
on the average TSR over a 30-day period prior to the date of award  
and date of vesting. The targets and vesting levels are:

Growth in TSR over period 
Under 12% per annum   
12% per annum 
Between 12% and 40% per annum   
40% per annum or above 

  Percentage of award vesting
Nil
20
Pro-rata between 20 and 100
100

No COIP Award may be made to a participant during a period 
proscribed for dealings in shares by directors or certain employees  
of the Group whether by the Listing Rules of the United Kingdom 
Listing Authority or otherwise, except where this is permitted under 
the Model Code or the Group’s own code on dealing by directors  
and employees in its securities. A COIP Award is personal to the 
participant and not transferable (other than on death when it can  
be exercised by the participant’s personal representatives). No COIP 
Award can be made more than ten years after adoption of the COIP.

Only 50% of the vested award will be capable of exercise at the end  
of the three-year performance period. The remaining 50% will be 
deferred for a further twelve months in order to provide a further 
“lock-in” for participants.

On 14 June 2010 the Trustees of the LTIP granted awards to the 
following executive directors:

Director 
H Scott-Barrett 
K Ford 
X Pullen 
C Staveley 

Shares awarded
  3,000,000
  2,000,000
  2,000,000
  2,000,000

At the time of making a COIP Award the Remuneration Committee set 
performance targets to be satisfied before it could vest. Such targets 
were normally to be measured over a three-year period. If an event 
occurred which caused the Remuneration Committee to consider that 
an amended target would be a fairer measure of performance and not 
materially less difficult to satisfy, the performance targets could  
be amended. 

The Remuneration Committee’s overall policy was to make awards 
under the COIP using performance conditions and target levels which 
were believed to be stretching and provided value to the participants 
commensurate with the performance achieved. The policy when 
deciding on performance measures was to use measures the 
participants could influence by their actions, in order to provide 
effective motivation. The policy was to make COIP Awards annually 
and, as has been mentioned above, to ensure that the targets were set 
at the time of award with regard to prevailing conditions and that all 
the equity incentive arrangements in which an employee participates 
were considered as one whole.

30

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

31

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
COIP Awards were subject to the following performance targets based 
on Total Shareholder Return (TSR). The award had two parts each 
giving a 2:1 match for executive directors and a 1:1 match for  
other participants. 

•	 100% of the first half of the matching award to vest for upper 
quartile performance when the Company’s TSR was compared 
to the TSR of the constituent companies of the FTSE Real Estate 
sector, with only 20% of this part of the award vesting for median 
performance. Nothing to vest if performance was below this level. 
Straight-line vesting would occur between median and upper 
quartile. None of this part of the award to vest if the Company’s 
absolute TSR was less than 8% per annum over the Vesting Period.

•	 100% of the second half of the matching award to vest for upper 
decile performance when the Company’s TSR was compared to 
the TSR of the constituent companies of the FTSE Real Estate 
sector, with no part of this award vesting if performance was 
below this level. None of this part of the award to vest if the 
Company’s absolute TSR was less than 15% per annum over the 
Vesting Period.

No re-testing of the performance criteria could occur.

The Lodged Shares cannot be forfeited by participants regardless  
of performance as these have already been “earned” through the 
mechanism of the annual bonus or CAP and purchased with post-tax 
income. Any increases/decreases in the value of the Lodged Shares 
will therefore be received/borne by the participants. However,  
the Lodged Shares must be held for at least the duration of the 
performance period otherwise any matching award may be forfeited. 
If a participant, without the consent of the Remuneration Committee, 
disposes of shares in the Company which he held at the date of grant 
of a COIP Award, the Remuneration Committee may, in its absolute 
discretion, decide that such disposal equates to a disposal of all or 
any of the Lodged Shares and that all or part of a COIP Award shall  
not vest but shall be forfeited.

The Lodged Shares are owned by the participants who shall be entitled 
to exercise the voting power attaching to those shares and shall be 
entitled to receive dividends.

The award price will be determined by the Remuneration Committee. 
If, as anticipated, awards will be satisfied by the transfer of shares 
purchased on-market by trustees, the award price may be nil. The 
award price will not be less than the nominal value of a share where 
awards will be satisfied by the issue of shares directly to the award 
holder. Flexibility has been retained for the award price to be set at 
any other value (for example at the market value of a share).

A COIP Award will vest only at a time or times between the third 
anniversary of its date of award and the tenth anniversary of that 
date, except in certain circumstances.

In 2009 and 2010 no recommendation was made by the Committee  
to the Trustees of the COIP for a grant of matching shares and the 
Committee has agreed that no new awards will be made in the  
near future.

Awards under the COIP are outstanding to the following  
executive directors:

Director 
K Ford 
X Pullen 
C Staveley 

  Maximum  
Shares  matching  
purchased 
award
125,000   503,425
100,000   402,740
25,000   100,685

SAYE Scheme
Generally, all UK resident and ordinarily resident employees and 
executive directors of a participating company (who in the case of 
directors are contracted to work at least 25 hours per week for the 
Group) are eligible to participate in an SAYE scheme. The Grantor will 
have the discretion to set a minimum service requirement of up to five 
years in order for an employee or executive director to be eligible to 
participate in a particular offer under the SAYE Scheme. All executive 
directors have waived their right to participate in the SAYE Scheme.

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G

:

2

When an employee accepts an invitation to participate in an issue  
of SAYE Scheme options, he will be required to enter into a savings 
contract for a period of three or five years under which he must  
save between £5 and £250 per month (or such other minimum or 
maximum amount determined by the directors and permitted by 
legislation). The £250 limit is reduced by any other savings contract 
linked to this or any other savings related share option scheme.  
These contributions will be deducted from the employee’s salary.

If the participant ceases to make contributions before the third or fifth 
anniversary of the commencement of the savings contract, the option 
will lapse, except in the case of a deferral of contributions for a period 
of up to six months.

The option exercise price shall be determined by the directors and will 
be not less than 80% of the market value of a share on the dealing 
day, or the average of up to five dealing days, immediately prior to  
the date of invitation (or, in the case of an option where the Group has 
determined that the option exercise will be satisfied by the issue of 
shares directly to the participant, the exercise price shall not be less 
than the nominal value of a share, if higher).

During the period of six months following the end of the savings 
contract, the participant may exercise his option to acquire, at the 
exercise price, ordinary shares up to the total value of his monthly 
savings contributions (plus any bonus or interest paid thereon where 
appropriate). Alternatively, the participant may withdraw his 
contributions and any bonus or interest.

If a participant ceases to be employed within the Group during the 
savings period his option will lapse except where cessation is due to 
death, injury, disability, redundancy or retirement or as a result of  
the Company or the part of the business by which the participant was 
employed ceasing to be a member or part of the Group, in which case 
the participant will be able to exercise his option within six months  
(or 12 months in the case of his personal representatives after death) 
from the date of cessation of employment, but only to the extent of 
his total savings plus any interest or bonus accrued.

30

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

31

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ remuneration report continued

In the event of a takeover, reconstruction, amalgamation or voluntary 
winding up of the Company during the savings period, participants 
may exercise options early and within a specified period to the extent 
of their total savings plus any interest or bonus accrued to the date  
of exercise. If the acquiring company agrees, the option may be 
exchanged for an option over shares in the acquiring company.

Interests in shares
The directors and, where relevant, their connected persons (within the 
meaning of Section 252 of the Companies Act 2006) were beneficially 
interested in the ordinary share capital of the Company at the dates 
shown in the table below.

Following the Group’s Capital Raising in September 2009, the share 
price of the options awarded under the SAYE Scheme was adjusted 
from 46p per share to 22.83p per share in accordance with a 
methodology approved by HMRC.

The SAYE scheme was set up in 2008 when employees were invited to 
participate in the scheme. No invitations were made in 2009 or 2010.

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G

:

2

Directors’ emoluments

Salary  
and fees 
£000 

Benefits 
£000 

Pension  
£000 

Executive directors
H Scott-Barrett 
K Ford 
X Pullen 
C Staveley 

300 
250 
200 
250 

Non-executive  
directors
T Chandos 
J Clare 
A Coppin 
N Haasbroek 
P Newton 
L Norval 
P Stobart 
M Wolstenholme 

Previous  
executive director
PY Gerbeau 

51 
63 
29 
33 
39 
33 
39 
39 

– 

2 
3 
3 
2 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

Previous  
non-executive  
director
H Mautner 

Total 

– 

1,326 

– 

10 

– 
42 
51 
39 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

– 

H Scott-Barrett 
X Pullen 
K Ford 
C Staveley 
T Chandos 
J Clare 
A Coppin 
N Haasbroek 
P Newton 
L Norval 
P Stobart 
M Wolstenholme 

 30 December  
2010 
Shares 
825,000  
 2,796,181 
 1,745,181 
 233,121 
n/a 
160,000 
n/a 
93,401,500 
 163,800 
 93,608,750 
– 
 84,687 

 30 December  
2009 
Shares
   825,000
  2,796,181
  1,745,042
233,121
420,312
n/a
10,050
 92,705,500
13,800
 92,909,750
–
84,687

L Norval and N Haasbroek are each beneficially interested in the 
shares registered in the name of Parkdev International Asset 
Managers (Pty) Limited and Pinelake International Limited.

There have been no changes to the directors’ interests in shares 
between 30 December 2010 and the date of this report, except  
H Scott-Barrett who has acquired an additional 302,055 shares  
on 11 March 2011 in connection with the vesting of Match 1 of  
his Share Matching Agreement.

Interests in share options
Share options held by directors were as follows:

At 30 
  December 
2010  
– 
– 

K Ford 
X Pullen 

December 
2009 

At 30  Exercise 
price 
(p) 
50,000   211.5 
50,000   211.5 

Earliest 
exercise 
date 

Latest 

Exercise 
exercise  condition 
met
Yes
Yes

date 
13/09/03  13/09/10 
13/09/03  13/09/10 

2010  
Total 
£000 

302 
295 
254 
291 

51 
63 
29 
33 
39 
33 
39 
39 

2009  
Total 
£000

402
339
359
301

125
–
42
11
41
11
42
42

– 

212

The above options lapsed during the year.

– 

18

During the year, the share price ranged from a high of 39.75p to  
a low of 29.25p. The share price at 30 December 2010 was 32.75p.

132 

1,468 

1,945 

No share options were granted during 2010 and no further awards  
can be made under these schemes.

Approval
This report has been prepared in accordance with the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report Regulations 2002 and was approved by the 
Board of directors and signed on its behalf by:

F Desai 
Company Secretary 
22 March 2011

32

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

33

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate governance report

Introduction
The Board of directors is accountable to the Company’s shareholders 
for the management and control of the Group’s activities and is 
committed to high standards of corporate governance. This report and 
the directors’ remuneration report describe how the Company complies 
with the provisions of the June 2008 Financial Reporting Council 
Combined Code on Corporate Governance (“the Combined Code”).

Statement of compliance
The Company has complied throughout the year ended 30 December 
2010 with the provisions set out in Section 1 of the Combined Code 
with one exception being the fact that L Norval and N Haasbroek as 
non-executive directors are not considered independent for the 
purposes of the Combined Code as they represent a significant 
shareholder of the Company. Therefore the Board is not in compliance 
with the Combined Code at the date of this report as half the Board 
members are not independent. 

The Board has considered this matter and considers that this 
non-compliance with the Combined Code does not impede the 
effective operation of the Board in light of the strength and skills  
of the independent non-executive directors of the Board. However,  
the Board will keep under close review the balance of directors on  
the Board and may appoint one or more further independent 
non-executive directors in due course. This section applies to  
the Capital & Regional plc Group and all its subsidiaries.

Application of the principles
The Company has applied the principles set out in section 1 of  
the Combined Code, including both the main principles and the 
supporting principles, by complying with the Combined Code  
as reported above. Further explanation of how the principles and 
supporting principles have been applied is set out below and in  
the directors’ remuneration report.

The Board of directors
Details of the directors are set out before the Directors’ report.  
The Company is controlled through the Board of directors which 
comprised the Chairman, four executive and five non-executive 
directors. During the year, T Chandos retired on 28 June 2010 and  
A Coppin retired on 30 September 2010, while J Clare was appointed 
on 29 June 2010.

Board balance and independence
The Board and Nomination Committee are satisfied that the current 
Board composition provides an appropriate balance of power and 
authority within the Company. The Board believes that all the 
non-executive directors excluding L Norval and N Haasbroek are 
independent. The Nomination Committee will however continue  
to review this position. All the Company’s non-executive directors  
act independently of management. The terms and conditions of 
appointment of non-executive directors are available for inspection  
at the Company’s registered office.

P Stobart continued to serve as the Senior Independent Director as 
required by the Combined Code for the year ended 30 December 2010.

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G

:

2

The Company has well-established differentiation between the roles 
of Chairman and Chief Executive. Written terms of reference, which 
have been approved by the Board, are available for inspection on the 
Group’s website.

In the Company’s view, the breadth of experience and knowledge of 
the Chairman and the non-executive directors’ detachment from the 
day-to-day issues within the Company provide a sufficiently strong 
and experienced balance with the executive members of the Board. 
The breadth of experience attributed to the non-executive directors, 
allied to the management information provided by the Company, 
enables them to assess and advise the full Board on the major risks 
faced by the Company. The other commitments of the Chairman are 
detailed in the directors’ biographies.

Board effectiveness
The Board has adopted a schedule of matters reserved for its decision 
and a schedule of matters delegated to committees, both of which  
are reviewed at least annually. The Board reserves approval for all 
significant or strategic decisions including major acquisitions, 
disposals and financing transactions. The directors are entitled  
to take independent professional advice as and when necessary.

The responsibilities, which the Board has delegated, are given to 
committees that operate within specified terms of reference and 
authority limits, which are reviewed annually or in response to a 
change in circumstances. The executive directors take operational 
decisions and also approve certain transactions within defined limited 
parameters. An Executive Directors’ Committee meets on a weekly 
basis and deals with all major decisions of the Group not requiring  
full Board approval or authorisation by other Board committees.  
The Executive Directors’ Committee is quorate with three executive 
directors in attendance; if decisions are not unanimous the matter  
is referred to the Board for approval. Minutes from the Executive 
Directors’ Committee meetings are circulated to the Board. 

The Audit Committee, Remuneration Committee and Nomination 
Committee consist solely of non-executive directors and meet at least 
twice a year. 

Re-election
All members of the Board are subject to the re-election provisions in 
the Articles which require them to offer themselves for re-election at 
least once every three years and at the first AGM after appointment,  
if appointed after the last AGM. Details of those directors offering 
themselves for reappointment are set out in the directors’ report.

Performance evaluation
A performance evaluation of the Board and the committees is 
conducted each year with each director giving detailed input. The 
Chairman meets as necessary, but at least once each year, with the 
non-executive directors without the executive directors present.  
The non-executive directors meet annually without the Chairman in 
order to appraise his performance. This meeting is chaired by the 
Senior Independent Director. The Chairman evaluates the performance 
of the remaining directors and the results of the appraisals are 
analysed and summarised by the Senior Independent Director and 
discussed with the Chairman. Subsequently, the results are discussed 
by the Board and relevant consequential changes are made.

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

33

32

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

 
Corporate governance report 

Information and professional development
The Board schedules five meetings each year as a minimum, and 
arranges further meetings as the business requires. Prior to each 
Board meeting, each member receives up-to-date financial and 
commercial information in respect of the divisions, and specifically, 
management accounts, budgets and forecasts, details of acquisitions 
and disposals and relevant appraisals (prior Board approval being 
required for large transactions), cash flow forecasts and details of 
funding availability.

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G

:

2

Induction training is given to all new directors appointed to the 
Company and consists of an introduction to the Board, onsite visits  
to properties managed by the Group, an introduction to the divisional 
teams, an induction pack and access to independent advisers. The 
ongoing training requirements of the directors are reviewed on a 
regular basis and undertaken individually, as necessary, although  
it is recognised that all members of the Board experience continuous 
professional development from working together. This is achieved  
by virtue of the dynamic and diverse mix of the Board members,  
and their sharing of knowledge and experiences gained from a range 
of commercial backgrounds.

Nomination Committee
The Committee comprises J Clare (Chairman), P Stobart, and  
M Wolstenholme. T Chandos was Chairman of the Committee until  
his retirement on 28 June 2010, when he was replaced by J Clare.  
The Nomination Committee meets as required to select and 
recommend to the Board suitable candidates for both executive  
and non-executive appointments to the Board. On an annual basis,  
the Nomination Committee also considers succession planning for  
the Board. The Board members are given an opportunity to meet  
the individual concerned prior to any formal decision. The terms of 
reference of the Nomination Committee are available for inspection  
on the Group’s website.

Board and committee meetings
The number of meetings of the Board and of the Audit, Remuneration 
and Nomination Committees, and individual attendance by directors, 
is set out below. 

Board meeting attendance

Number of meetings 
Attended by: 
T Chandos *  
J Clare *  
A Coppin *  
K Ford  
N Haasbroek  
P Newton  
L Norval  
X Pullen  
H Scott-Barrett  
C Staveley  
P Stobart**  
M Wostenholme 

Scheduled  
4  

Ad hoc  
 3  

Total
 7

 2  
 1 
 2 
 4 
 4 
 4  
 4 
 4 
 4 
 4 
 3 
 4 

 1  
 2 
 1 
 3 
 3 
 2 
 2 
 3 
 3 
 3 
 3 
 3  

 3
 3
 3
 7
 7
 6
 6
 7
 7
 7
 6
 7

*  These directors became eligible to attend meetings on appointment to the 

Board or were no longer eligible to attend once they had ceased to be directors 
and they attended all of the meetings they were eligible to attend.

** P Stobart chaired one scheduled Board meeting

34

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

Other committee meeting attendance

Number of meetings 
Attended by: 
T Chandos * 
J Clare * 
A Coppin * 
P Newton  
X Pullen 
P Stobart 
M Wolstenholme 

Audit  Remuneration  Nomination 

  Responsible  
Business 
Committee  Committee  Committee
 3

3 

2 

  Committee 
5 

3 

5 
5 

2 

1 
2 

1 

3 

3 
3 

2

3

*  These directors became eligible to attend meetings on appointment to the 

Board or were no longer eligible to attend once they had ceased to be directors 
and they attended all of the meetings they were eligible to attend.

On occasion, Board meetings or committee meetings may be missed 
due to circumstances beyond the director’s control. 

Directors’ remuneration
The Remuneration Committee makes recommendations to the Board, 
within existing terms of reference, on remuneration policy and 
determines, on behalf of the Board, specific remuneration packages 
for each executive director. The statement of remuneration policy  
and details of each director’s remuneration are set out in the directors’ 
remuneration report. 

Shareholder relations
The Company has always encouraged regular dialogue with its 
institutional shareholders and private investors at the AGM, and 
through corporate functions and property visits. The Company  
also attends roadshows in Europe, and participates in sector 
conferences. In addition, following the announcement of final and 
interim results, and throughout the year, as requested, the Company 
holds update meetings with institutional shareholders. All the 
directors are accessible to all shareholders, and queries received 
verbally or in writing are immediately addressed. The directors are 
introduced to shareholders at the AGM each year and the non-
executive directors and committee chairmen are clearly identified.

Announcements are made to the London Stock Exchange and the 
business media concerning business developments to provide wider 
dissemination of information. In particular, regular announcements  
of fund unit valuations provide an update on the progress of the 
business. Registered shareholders are sent copies of both the annual 
report and the interim report. The Group’s website is also kept up to 
date with all announcements, reports and shareholder circulars.

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

35

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
Accountability and audit
Financial reporting
The Group’s annual report includes detailed reviews of the activities  
of each division, together with a detailed review of their financial 
results and financing position. In this way, and as required by  
the Combined Code, the Board seeks to present a balanced and 
understandable assessment of the Group’s position and prospects.

Internal control 
The Board is responsible for maintaining a sound system of internal 
control and risk management to safeguard shareholders’ investment. 
Such a system is designed to manage, but not eliminate, the risk of 
failure to achieve business objectives. There are inherent limitations 
in any control system and, accordingly, even the most effective 
system can provide only reasonable, and not absolute, assurance 
against material misstatement or loss. The key risks identified are  
set out in the principal risks and uncertainties section. 

In accordance with the guidance of the Turnbull Committee on 
internal control, an ongoing process has been established for 
identifying, evaluating and managing risks faced by the Group and 
the Board is satisfied that its process accords with the guidance in  
this document. This process has been in place for the year under 
review to the date of approval of these financial statements. Each  
year the Board conducts a review of the effectiveness of the current 
system of internal control.

The Group has undertaken a comprehensive risk and controls review  
for the year involving interviews with each divisional management 
team, which has identified the principal risks facing the Group and its 
individual divisions. An updated risk map and internal control matrix 
have been produced for each division in the Group, clearly outlining 
the principal risks and the actions being taken to manage those risks 
to the desired level. Each risk has been evaluated in terms of its impact 
on the business and the likelihood of it occurring, and responsibility 
for the management of each risk has been clearly identified.

Other key features of the Group’s system of internal control are  
as follows:

•	 Defined organisational responsibilities and authority limits 

exist throughout the Group. The day-to-day involvement of the 
executive directors in the running of the business ensures that 
these responsibilities and limits are adhered to.

•	 Financial reporting to the Board with regular reports from the 
Fund Managers of The Mall, The Junction and X-Leisure funds  
and for the Group as a whole, including the preparation of 
budgets and forecasts, cash management, variance analysis, 
property, taxation and treasury reports and a report on financing.

The Group has established a whistle-blowing policy to enable 
employees to raise issues of concern in relation to dishonesty  
or malpractice on an entirely confidential basis.

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G

:

2

Steps are continuously being taken to embed internal control and  
risk management further into the operations of the business and to 
deal with areas of improvement which come to management’s and  
the Board’s attention.

Audit Committee
The Audit Committee usually consists of three non-executive 
directors. M Wolstenholme acted as Chairman, with P Stobart  
acting as another member throughout the year. A Coppin was a 
member until his retirement from the Board on 30 September 2010.  
A replacement for A Coppin is under review. The qualifications of the 
Audit Committee members are set out in the directors’ biographies.

The terms of reference of the Audit Committee are available for 
inspection on the Group’s website. The role of the Audit Committee is 
to maintain a relationship with the Group’s external auditors and to 
review, in depth, the Group’s financial statements, internal financial 
control and risk management systems and circulars to shareholders 
in order to monitor financial integrity within the Group.

The Audit Committee is also responsible for reviewing the cost-
effectiveness and the volume of non-audit services provided to the 
Group by its external auditors. The Group does not impose an 
automatic ban on the Group’s external auditors undertaking non-audit 
work, and details of fees paid to the Group’s external auditors are 
detailed in note 7b to the financial statements. The Group’s aim is 
always to have any non-audit work involving the Group’s external 
auditors carried out in a manner that affords value for money and 
ensures independence is maintained by monitoring this on a 
case-by-case basis.

The Group’s policy is that the audit firm must not be in a position  
of conflict in respect of the work in question and must have the skill, 
competence and integrity to carry out the work in the best interests of 
the Group. The Audit Committee reviews and makes recommendations 
to the Board for the reappointment of the Group’s external auditors.  
In order to maintain independence the audit partner of the Group’s 
external auditors is subject to rotation at regular intervals.

The Audit Committee normally meets five times a year; there is one 
meeting to approve the audit plan and two for each of the interim and 
final announcements. The first of the pre-announcement meetings is 
held early enough to allow the Committee members to have input into 
the presentation of the financial statements. The Chairman of the 
Audit Committee reports back to the Board on the key conclusions.

The Committee discharged its obligations in respect of the financial 
year as follows: 

•	 Financial reporting: during the year the Committee reviewed the 

interim and annual financial statements. The Committee received 
a report from the external auditors setting out accounting or 
judgmental issues which required its attention, and considered 
papers prepared by management both on these issues and on  
the impact of any changes in accounting standards. The auditors’ 
reports were based on a full audit (annual report) and a high level 
review (interim report) respectively. The Committee also advised 
the Board on a number of other matters.

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

35

34

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

 
Corporate governance report continued

•	 Internal controls and risk management: the Committee met with 
the external auditors to deal with any significant internal control 
matters. In the year under review the Committee met with the 
external auditors on five occasions. The Committee also approved 
the periodic risk reviews that were carried out by the Group.

•	 Internal audit: The Group does not have an internal audit function 
but carries out periodic control reviews, the results of which are 
discussed with the Committee. The Committee will continue to 
review the position, but the belief at present is that the current 
size and complexity of the Group does not justify establishing an 
internal audit function.

Going concern 
In compliance with the Listing Rules of the Financial Services 
Authority and with reference to the guidance issued by the Financial 
Reporting Council in October 2009, the directors can report that, 
based on the Group’s budgets and financial projections, they have 
satisfied themselves that the business is a going concern. The Board 
believes that the Company and Group have adequate resources and 
facilities to continue in operational existence for the foreseeable 
future and therefore the financial statements are prepared on a  
going concern basis. Further details are included in note 1 to the 
financial statements.

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G

:

2

F Desai 
Company Secretary 
22 March 2011

36

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

 
 
Responsible business

Overview
The Group’s aim is to remain at the forefront of innovative responsible 
business in its sector and to ensure that the impact is positive in  
the following four key areas: the Marketplace; the Environment;  
the Workplace and the Community. We work closely with some of  
our specialist support partners, The Carbon Trust; British Council  
Of Shopping Centres (BCSC); Investors in People; Enterprise UK;  
and Royal Society for the Prevention of Accidents (ROSPA).

The information below summarises the achievements over the last 
year, including highlights, performance against objectives previously 
stated, and new targets for 2011.

Responsible Business Committee
The Responsible Business Committee provides the strategic direction 
and a forum for support to those accountable for responsible business 
at the operating level. The Responsible Business Committee met three 
times during 2010. The Committee consisted of two Board directors,  
A Coppin (Chairman) and X Pullen, as well as representatives at the 
operating level. A Coppin was Chairman of the Committee until his 
retirement on 30 September 2010 when he was replaced by P Newton. 
The Committee reports regularly to the Board.

The marketplace
The Group’s aim is to engage with its customers, to understand their 
needs and identify ways of improving their and our responsible 
business performance together. We recognise the positive impact  
our suppliers can have on our sustainability efforts and will continue 
to work in partnership to deliver our goals.

The Group’s stated priorities for 2010 were:

To meet these it has: 

1.   Introduced a new internally managed scheme for all of its 

shopping centres. We previously delivered a scheme where all our 
retailers were surveyed by an external mystery shopper company. 
We believe that the expertise we have developed within the 
business allows us to conduct this programme more effectively  
in house. All retailers within the Mall centres were mystery 
shopped together with the customer facilities each Mall provides. 
All results were shared with our retailers and on site teams and the 
information continues to drive our ongoing focus on top quality 
customer service. As a result of the success of this new programme 
we will be undertaking this again in 2011. 

Project Beam was undertaken in five Mall centres in 2010. This was  
a detailed shopper survey covering 500 face-to-face interviews, 
intercepting customers as they exited the Malls. The fieldwork took 
place in June 2010 and a total of 2,468 interviews were completed. 
The results helped us to understand the following profile of shoppers:

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G

:

2

•	 Determine travel time/mode of transport.

•	 Establish main reason for visit.

•	 Determine shopper behaviour.

•	 Measure attitudes to the Mall services.

This information was then utilised to ensure our retail offer was 
fulfilling the consumer needs identified and it was also shared with 
retailers to assist with making space leasing decisions.

1.   To continue to monitor customer care level through focused 

2.   Continued the development of the Capital & Regional Safe 

customer research. 

2.   To launch a selection of best practice initiatives as identified 

through the Capital & Regional Safe audit process.

3.  To retain the ROSPA Gold Award status.

operating system in 2010 with the addition of the on line accident 
and incident reporting system, which allows the accurate 
identification and monitoring of trends. The system was also 
launched within the Junction portfolio of retail parks, further 
securing business reputation as a leader in this field. All shopping 
centres and retail parks received the annual compliance audit by 
an independent risk management company, with 12 shopping 
centres achieving Gold award status, two of which with a maximum 
100% score, and seven retail parks achieving Gold award status out 
of the 12 audited.

3.   The Group’s shopping centre business received the ROSPA Gold 

Award for the fourth successive year.

Other 2010 marketplace highlights
The Junction carried out and concluded a detailed health and  
safety compliance audit on all 38 contractors that are used across  
the Junction portfolio and was also awarded the safe parking 
accreditation “Park Mark” for all sites, a recognised standard awarded 
by the Association of Chief Police Officers. All retail parks have 
state-of-the-art CCTV which is centrally managed and monitored  
to improve safety and security for retailers, consumers and staff.

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

37

 
Responsible business continued

The sustainability accreditation scheme EnviroMall engages and 
informs customers and suppliers each year on the importance  
of taking proactive steps to reduce the impact shoppers and a 
shopping centre can have on the environment. This included:

The Group’s stated priorities for 2010 were:

1.   To monitor and focus on reducing carbon output across all of the 

Group’s operations.

Battery recycling working with Battery Back, where The Mall 
proactively promoted and encouraged people to recycle their batteries 
as part of the new European directive on battery recycling introduced 
in February 2010.

2.   For SNO!zone to consider further economical use of buildings 
management systems and to reduce energy consumption by  
a further 5%.

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G

:

2

Each individual Mall proactively works with local retailers and 
shoppers on a range of environmental issues, for example, providing 
Christmas card recycling bins and a fashion show to promote  
recycled fabrics.

The MallSecure contract continued to deliver an excellent overall 
security service to our Malls recording an annual average performance 
score against the contract KPI’s of 94%.

3.   Across the Malls, to deliver the objective as per the Environmental 
Impact Improvement Plan. These include reducing energy use by 
5%, water use by 5% and recycling 65% of waste.

4.   Across the Malls, to automate environmental data collection  

for electricity, gas and water usage, to prepare the business for 
compliance with the carbon reduction commitment regulations 
and to retain the Carbon Trust Standard.

A partnership with Disability Snowsport UK enabled SNO!zone to offer 
lessons and recreational skiing to large numbers of disabled skiers in 
2010. Working with Silent Snow, SNO!zone also offered lessons to the 
deaf and hard of hearing customers for the first time in 2010.

5.   Through the MallClean initiative, to maintain high standards  
of cleaning and average monthly brand standard performance 
measurement scores of at least 92% whilst re-engineering the 
contract and commercial packages to create efficiencies  
and savings.

2011 priorities 
•	 To continue to obtain regular customer and retailer feedback  

To meet these it has:

and respond accordingly.

•	 Maintain close retailer relations, understand retailer requirements 
and encourage inward investment from retailers into our town 
centres through letting and reconfiguration of space.

•	 Achieve a ROSPA Gold Award in 2011 for five successive  

Gold awards.

•	 Support the Health and Safety Executive (HSE) Workplace 
Transport Initiative, particularly, in relation to our service  
areas, by rolling out the use of the safety checklist tool.

•	 Increase awareness of the impact of slips, trips and falls utilising 

the HSE Shattered Lives Campaign in partnership with our 
retailers with the objective to reduce accidents at all sites.

The environment 
Capital & Regional continues to believe a proactive approach to 
tackling our impact on the environment is a vital element of our work.  
For many years we have worked hard to reduce our impact on the 
environment in the three key areas of waste, water and energy.  
In addition, we continue the focus on reducing the carbon footprint  
of every one of our properties. We have long recognised that any 
development activity should mirror this and have proactively ensured 
we minimise energy consumption and mitigate the effects of climate 
change throughout the design, refurbishment or building phase.

1.   Monitored carbon output through improved data capture and 

reviewing site by site performance to ensure targets are being met.

2.   SNO!zone continued with chiller shut downs at all three sites. This 
enabled reductions on electricity usage within the ski box which 
equated to £28,000 worth of savings. Other energy reductions were 
made through a change in slope lighting at Castleford and voltage 
stabilising at Milton Keynes. SNO!zone reduced gas consumption 
by 2% in the last year.

3.   Based on the 12 Mall centres, energy was down 4% with 750 

tonnes of CO2 saved. Waste diverted from landfill was 76%. Waste 
recycled was 63% narrowly missing our target of 65% and water 
consumption was down 6%.

4.   The Carbon Trust Standard is due for renewal in 2011 and  
the business has fully prepared for compliance with the  
carbon reduction regulations by registration. Automated 
environmental data collection is now in place for 90% of our 
carbon energy footprint.

5.   The MallClean contract with OCS, the cleaning and facilities 
management company, entered its third and final year of 
operation maintaining an annual averaged performance score  
of 96.5% against the contract KPI’s. 

38

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

39

 
Other 2010 environmental highlights
Each Mall has an impact improvement plan that identifies areas  
for operational improvements, low carbon retrofit projects, plant 
replacement and renewable opportunities.

Capital & Regional is now represented on the BCSC Sustainability 
Group and supported the BCSC Sustainability Charter by providing 
best practice case studies for the industry to share.

A working group was put in place to review the tenant fit out guide 
and property management handbook to improve environmental 
sharing and best practice between tenant and landlord for 
implementation in January 2011. 

•	 Maintain the highest possible performance in the annual Capital 
& Regional Safe compliance audits with the minimum our 100% 
pass rate for all sites 

The workplace
To continue to build a successful business the Group needs to engage, 
develop and reward our people, retaining our reputation as the 
employer of choice within the sectors in which we operate. We want  
to provide relevant, engaging training for all our employees in order 
that they can make their fullest contribution to our success. We  
also set out to provide a working environment which supports the 
wellbeing and health of all our people, taking account of the diversity 
of our workforce and reflecting our values and ethics.

74% of SNO!zone waste was recycled at Milton Keynes.

The Group’s stated priorities for 2010 were:

59% of SNO!zone waste was recycled at Castleford.

1.   To continue to develop employee volunteering links and to 

30% of SNO!zone waste was recycled at Braehead, a much lower figure 
as only glass and card are currently recycled on this site.

2.  To conduct a training needs exercise in X-Leisure Limited.

encourage wider participation. 

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G

:

2

Efficiencies were introduced to the MallClean contract early in 2010 
reducing the periodic cleaning frequencies of high-level items whilst 
maintaining the high standards of cleaning at customer levels. The 
contract was retendered across Q3/Q4 2010.

EnviroMall involves more than changing the way shopping centres  
are managed as facilities to improve environmental impacts. It also 
focuses on improving the way the local community views recycling 
and reducing impact on the environment. This involved engagement 
with local groups such as giving schools tours of shopping centres 
showcasing the recycling approach and partnering and supporting 
local sustainable charities.

2011 priorities
•	 Continue reducing carbon output across all of the Group’s 

operations.

To meet these:

1.   Our people participated in many volunteering projects throughout 
the year. We encourage people to offer time, which is mostly paid 
work time; we regularly offer free space, resources and cash 
support. Some examples were, the joint Capital & Regional and 
Aviva team winning the annual Elifar Foundation Challenge.  
21 employees from the London office also ran in the Land Aid 5K, 
more than we have ever entered as our team in previous years.  
Five of the team from SNO!zone Braehead completed the gruelling 
55-mile Pedal for Scotland cycle in great times, raising funds for 
Maggie’s. And in Maidstone, we hosted The 36 Challenge for the  
36 Engineers. This physical challenge involves teams from the 
local emergency services, the army, local gyms and other local 
businesses going head to head, where our local team host, manage 
and sponsor this important community event.

•	 Across the Mall portfolio, to deliver the objectives of the 

2.   A training need analysis exercise was carried out in X-Leisure 

Environmental Impact Improvement Plan. These include reducing 
energy use by 4%, water use by 5% and recycling 68% of waste 
with 85% diverted from landfill.

leading to the development of The Real Snow Real People training 
programme and to a more structured approach to training delivery 
with our leisure business partner X-Leisure Limited.

•	 Meet all carbon reduction commitment regulations and to retain 

the Carbon Trust Standard in 2011.

•	 Install automatic meter reading meters for all electrical supplies 
to accurately bill, monitor and target energy usage at Junction 
retail park sites.

•	 We have successfully trialled and will now roll out the Tennant 

ECH2O floor scrubbing machines which utilise electrically 
charged and oxygenated water and eliminate the need for 
cleaning chemicals.

•	 Through our excellent on site teams and new MallClean 

partner, we will continue to deliver high standards of cleaning 
and hygiene in the Mall public spaces whilst challenging the 
existing operations to deliver improved value, efficiency and 
environmental impact.

Other 2010 workplace highlights
All the on site security teams in all our shopping centres continued  
to develop their skills through both classroom based specialist counter 
terrorism training, and NVQ modular distance learning tools. 

The Real Snow Real People programme was created and delivered 
across all SNO!zone sites, this is a bespoke management skills training 
programme which will continue to grow and evolve.

The head office relocation to 52 Grosvenor Gardens was successfully 
completed creating a positive new working environment for the 
employees based there. Fulfilling the objective of an open plan,  
all one floor office space and enhancing our one team approach, 
significantly improving flexibility and the sharing of best practice  
in all aspects of our business.

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

39

38

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

 
Responsible business continued

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G

:

2

We undertook a number of work experience placements, both for 
school and university students, one of these placements included  
hosting a Real Estate student from Germany for seven months 
structured learning as part of his university course.

Our employee communication was further enhanced with the 
relaunch of our C&R employee magazine. The first ARC (active/
responsible/committed) was published in the autumn of 2010.

5.   To continue to develop security excellence at The Mall through  
the application of the Community Safety Accreditation Scheme, 
Action Against Business Crime, LeisureWatch, Park Mark  
and Project Argus through the National Counter Terrorism  
Security Office. 

To meet these we have performed the following:

1.   The Mallcares initiative had raised a total of £822,030 at the end  

2011 priorities
•	 Retain Investors in People accreditation in our shopping centre 

of 2010.

business and build upon this.

•	 Continue to attract and retain the very best people.

2.   Due to the sale of St Andrews Quay in August 2010, the completion 
of the memorial garden for the lost trawler men has been passed 
to the new owners Threadneedle.

•	 Maintain high levels of communication across the Company.

•	 Launch of the Capital & Regional People learning programme 

contributing to our “be all you can be” approach to training and 
development for all our people.

•	 Continue to provide a working environment which reflects our 
values and ensures the health and wellbeing of all our people, 
in turn allowing them to contribute to their full potential to our 
business performance.

•	 Run a further Learning Legacy programme which combines 

training and development objectives with responsible business. 
We will work with our charity partner of choice on the project  
over the course of the year.

•	 Continue to provide a safe and healthy environment in which 
to work by staying focused on aspects of health, safety and 
wellbeing.

The community
Capital & Regional’s responsibilities to the communities in which we 
operate are many. We have a key role in the regeneration of the built 
environment and we work closely with key stakeholders to ensure we 
listen, engage and contribute positively where we invest. We aim to 
provide safe, welcoming, clean and attractive shopping and leisure 
venues where people choose to shop, work and socialise. We also aim 
to make a positive contribution to each local community by being  
a responsible, socially aware and proactive partner.

Our stated objectives for 2010 were:

1.  To continue fund raising under the Mallcares programme.

2.   In The Junction, to create a memorial garden in the St Andrews 

Dock area dedicated to the 58 men that died on three Hull trawlers 
in 1968.

3.   In The Junction, to run a community boat for disadvantaged and 

disabled children and community groups along the historic inland 
waterway from Swansea to Port Talbot. 

4.   In X Leisure to continue to offer free events to customers 

throughout 2010, to encourage local community engagement  
and sustain visitor numbers.

40

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

3.   The Junction donated £1000 to the Community boat in Swansea 
which has been well received and the boat is now docked at 
Swansea Marina.

4.   In X-Leisure, events took place throughout summer 2010 focusing 
on the Xscapes. Each Xscape site hosted a four-week promotion 
offering free events and prize giveaways.

5.  The MallSecure contract continued to deliver an excellent overall 

security service to our Malls recording an annual averaged 
performance score against the contract KPI’s of 94%. Security 
excellence continued to be developed through the introduction  
of the Police Community Safety Accreditation scheme at four 
shopping centres. We are actively involved in the local Business  
Crime Partnerships at each of our centres. All of portfolio car parks 
have received the Park Mark Award. We participated in local Project 
Argus exercises in conjunction with the emergency response teams. 

Other community highlights 2010 
Capital & Regional is committed to supporting locally relevant 
community events and organisations across the UK where we have 
property, examples of which are:

•	 The Mall Barnsley worked alongside the local Primary Care  
Trust to promote hearing tests, blood pressure checks and 
diabetes tests.

•	 The Wood Green team is working with local gardening groups to 
promote and improve the appearance of the local area and the  
Mall Luton actively engaged local school children in the launch  
of the centre extension, including holding a competition with 
local schools to design a “Welcome to The Mall” sign.

•	 Working alongside Enterprise UK, RBS and the National Skills 
Academy for Retail, The Mall developed the Make your Mark 
competition; it has now evolved into The Retail Factor. By 
teaming up with Retail Profile – the company that manages  
the Retail Merchandising Unit (RMU) operations for numerous 
major landlords, it has now extended the competition to  
shopping centres owned by Capital Shopping Centres PLC,  
in a bid to reach even more potential retail entrepreneurs.  
This national competition enables entrants the opportunity  
to test their business on a Retail Merchandising Unit (RMU)  
and the outstanding candidate is rewarded a valuable retail  
start-up package.

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

41

 
•	 As well as engaging with local groups and the community we 
are actively involved in a large number of national groups and 
associations including the British Council for Shopping Centres 
(BCSC); The Carbon Trust; Envirowise; Upstream; Education 
Business partnerships

•	 SNO!zone sponsored and partnered many local events and 

charities, some examples are:

Case study – Blackburn regeneration 
In 2010 we completed the 220,000 sq ft extension and refurbishment 
of the Mall Blackburn. The development exemplified several areas of 
responsible business:

1.   Regeneration – The £65 million project regenerated an important 

Lancashire town centre, providing a stimulus to business 
throughout the town.

  –  Rider Sponsorship – SNO!zone supported local home-grown  

2.   Employment – Retailers occupying the extension include Primark, 

H & M Hennes, USC, and employ approximately 370 staff.

3.   Environmental construction considerations – many 

environmentally friendly design features were built into the new 
development, for example, all smoke extract is non mechanical 
and ventilation is provided naturally. 

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G

:

2

Conclusion
Capital & Regional believes that the value of its business is best 
enhanced by respecting the interests of all its stakeholders and that 
the creation of long-term financial returns is dependent on effective 
management of environmental and social performance. The Group is 
committed to fulfilling its key objectives to respond to the challenges 
currently facing the business.

talent at grass roots stage to give them free access to the slope  
for training. The programme continues to go from strength to 
strength with over 65 athletes signed up, two of which are recent 
Olympic athletes.

  –  Playing for Success scheme involved bringing children  

at danger of underachievement into inspirational settings for 
learning. This was a successful initiative run for two years, which 
was partly funded by the government. Unfortunately, funding  
was withdrawn by the government for 2011. 

  –  Disability Snowsport UK National Skiathon took place in May 2010 
to raise funds for disabled snow sports in the UK. And Xscape 
Castleford held a Burlesque night raising funds for Help the Heroes.

  –  Supported by the Metropolitan Police, an eight-week youth 

diversion project was held at Great North Leisure Park. The project 
provided motorbike maintenance workshops over ten weeks  
(eight weeks on site, two weeks off). It has been judged a success 
by local police with a number of youths completing all ten weeks 
of the project and a reduction in crime and public order issues  
with all youths involved during the ten weeks.

2011 objectives
•	 To continue fund raising under the Mallcares programme.

•	 Invest in our local communities supporting urban regeneration 

and creating employment. Discussions are under way and 
proposals being worked on to see if it is feasible to set up a site 
recycling scheme which will include tenants waste on our retail 
park sites.

•	 Increase involvement in the leadership of the local Business 

Crime Partnerships.

•	 Counter terrorism risk assessments are planned to be developed 

for each site during 2011.

•	 Implement across our shopping centres the Derwent Initiative 
(Leisurewatch programme) which equips our management and 
security teams who deal with the issues of child protection in 
public spaces.

40

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

41

 
Consolidated income statement

For the year to 30 December 2010

Revenue 
Cost of sales 

Gross profit 
Administrative costs 
Share of profit/(loss) in associates and joint ventures 
Loss on revaluation of investment properties 
Loss on sale of properties and investments 
Impairment of goodwill 

Profit/(loss) on ordinary activities before financing 
Finance income 
Finance costs 

Profit/(loss) before tax 

Current tax  
Deferred tax 

Tax charge 

Profit/(loss) for the year 

Basic earnings/(loss) per share  
Diluted earnings/(loss) per share  

Note 
3 
4 

16a 
11a 
11d 
12 

5 
6 

7 

9a 
9a 

10a 
10a 

2010 
£m 
30.7 
(10.4) 

20.3 
(11.8) 
45.2 
(0.2) 
(0.2) 
(0.7) 

52.6 
1.2 
(7.4) 

46.4 

0.5 
(2.5) 

(2.0) 

44.4 

13p 
13p 

2009 
£m
37.8
(16.0)

21.8
(15.5)
(106.8)
(2.8)
(0.2)
(1.6)

(105.1)
2.7
(11.0)

(113.4)

(3.7)
(2.6)

(6.3)

(119.7)

(59)p
(59)p

All results derive from continuing operations and the profit for the current year and the loss for the preceding year are fully attributable to 
equity shareholders. 

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income

For the year to 30 December 2010

Profit/(loss) for the year 
Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations 
Gains on a hedge of a net investment taken to equity 

Other comprehensive income 

Total comprehensive income for the year 

Note 

28 

2010 
 £m 
44.4 
(2.6) 
2.2 

(0.4) 

44.0 

2009 
£m
(119.7)
(3.9)
3.9

–

(119.7)

The total comprehensive income for the current year and the preceding year is fully attributable to equity shareholders.

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

:

3

42

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

43

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated balance sheet

At 30 December 2010

Non-current assets 
Investment properties 
Goodwill 
Plant and equipment 
Available for sale investments 
Receivables 
Investment in associates 
Investment in joint ventures 

Total non-current assets 

Current assets 
Trading properties 
Properties held for sale 
Receivables 
Current tax recoverable 
Cash and cash equivalents 

Total current assets 

Total assets 

Current liabilities 
Bank loans 
Trade and other payables 
Liabilities relating to assets held for sale 
Current tax liabilities 

Non-current liabilities 
Bank loans 
Other payables 
Deferred tax liabilities 
Non-current tax liabilities 

Total non-current liabilities 

Total liabilities 

Net assets 

Equity 
Share capital 
Other reserves 
Capital redemption reserve 
Own shares held 
Retained earnings 

Equity shareholders’ funds 

Basic net assets per share 
EPRA triple net assets per share 
EPRA net assets per share 

Note  

11a 
12 
13a 
13b 
14 
16b 
16c 

11a 
11b 
17 

18 

2b 

21a 
19 

9e 

21a 
20 
9c 
9e 

2b 

23 
25 

27 
27 
27 

2010 
£m 

10.0 
1.9 
0.9 
0.3 
25.9 
110.8 
25.7 

175.5 

70.8 
– 
7.1 
– 
25.7 

103.6 

279.1 

(0.6) 
(10.9) 
– 
(5.8) 

(17.3) 

(68.8) 
(4.8) 
(3.7) 
(10.0) 

(87.3) 

2009 
£m

10.2
2.6
1.0
0.3
25.0
76.4
30.3

145.8

70.7
13.5
6.9
0.7
17.5

109.3

255.1

(0.2)
(20.6)
(1.0)
(8.1)

(29.9)

(78.6)
(5.6)
(1.2)
(10.0)

(95.4)

(104.6) 

174.5 

(125.3)

129.8

9.9 
153.2 
4.4 
(9.7) 
16.7 

174.5 

£0.50 
£0.50 
£0.57 

9.9
153.6
4.4
(9.7)
(28.4)

129.8

£0.37
£0.37
£0.47

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

:

3

These financial statements were approved by the Board of directors, authorised for issue and signed on their behalf on 22 March 2011 by: 

Charles Staveley 
Group Finance Director

42

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

43

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated statement of changes in equity

For the year to 30 December 2010

Balance at  
30 December 2008 
Loss for the year 
Other comprehensive  
income for the year 

Total comprehensive  
income for the year 
Shares issued at a premium 
Cancellation of share  
premium account 
Credit to equity  
for equity-settled  
share-based payments 

Balance at  
30 December 2009 

Profit for the year 
Other comprehensive  
income for the year 

Total comprehensive  
income for the year 
Credit to equity  
for equity-settled  
share-based payments 

Balance at  
30 December 2010 

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

:

3

Share 
capital 
£m 

Share 
premium 
account 
£m 

7.1  
– 

220.5 
– 

– 

– 
2.8 

– 

– 
– 

– 

9.9  

– 

– 

– 

– 

9.9 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

 Other reserves 

Special 
reserve 
£m 

Merger  Acquisition 
reserve 
reserve 
£m 
£m 

Foreign 
currency 
reserve 
£m 

Net  
investment 

Capital 
hedging  redemption 
reserve 
reserve 
£m 
£m 

Own 
shares 
held 
£m 

Retained 
earnings 
£m 

Total 
equity 
£m

–  
– 

– 

– 
– 

– 

–  
– 

– 

– 
60.3 

– 

– 

9.5  
– 

13.9  
– 

(9.6) 
– 

4.4  
– 

(9.7) 
– 

(50.0) 
(119.7) 

186.1 
(119.7)

– 

– 
– 

– 

– 

(3.9) 

3.9  

(3.9) 
– 

3.9  
– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 
– 

– 

– 

– 

– 
– 

– 

– 

– 

–

(119.7) 
– 

(119.7)
63.1

141.0 

–

0.3  

0.3 

79.5  

60.3  

9.5  

10.0  

(5.7) 

4.4  

(9.7) 

(28.4) 

129.8 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(2.6) 

2.2 

(2.6) 

2.2 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

44.4 

44.4

– 

(0.4)

44.4 

44.0

0.7 

0.7

79.5 

60.3 

9.5 

7.4 

(3.5) 

4.4 

(9.7) 

16.7 

174.5

– 

(220.5) 

79.5 

44

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

45

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
Consolidated cash flow statement

For the year to 30 December 2010

Operating activities 
Net cash from operations 
Distributions received from associates and joint ventures 
Interest paid 
Interest received 
Income taxes paid 

Cash flows from operating activities 

Investing activities 
Sale of investment properties 
Purchase of fixed assets 
Investment in associates 
Investment in joint ventures 
Disposals of joint ventures 
Share buybacks from joint ventures 
Loans to joint ventures 
Loans repaid by joint ventures 

Cash flows from investing activities 

Financing activities 
Net proceeds from the issue of ordinary share capital 
Bank loans drawn down 
Bank loans repaid 
Loan arrangement costs 
Settlement of forward foreign exchange contract 
Termination of interest rate swaps 

Cash flows from financing activities 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents  
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year   

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year 

Note 

26 
16b,16c 
6 

11b 

16b 
16c 
31 
16c 

21a 

18 

2010 
£m 

2.9 
9.7 
(5.7) 
0.2 
(4.3) 

2.8 

12.5 
(0.4) 
(2.7) 
– 
5.7 
0.6 
(0.9) 
0.5 

15.3 

– 
– 
(9.9) 
– 
– 
– 

(9.9) 

8.2 
17.5 

25.7 

2009 
£m

5.2
2.8
(9.4)
–
(0.7)

(2.1)

–
(0.1)
(4.6)
(2.1)
1.2
–
(0.9)
6.3

(0.2)

63.1
70.4
(102.5)
(3.7)
(8.7)
(2.9)

15.7

13.4 
4.1

 17.5

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

:

3

44

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

45

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the financial statements

For the year to 30 December 2010

1   Significant accounting policies

General information
Capital & Regional plc is a company domiciled and incorporated in the United Kingdom under the Companies Act 2006. The address of the 
registered office is 52 Grosvenor Gardens, London, SW1W 0AU. The nature of the Group’s operations and its principal activities are disclosed  
in note 2a and in the operating and financial reviews.

Adoption of new and revised standards
The Group adopted two interpretations issued by the International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee in the current year:

•	 IFRIC 15 Agreements for the Construction of Real Estate
•	 IFRIC 17 Distributions of Non-cash Assets to Owners

The Group adopted 14 amendments to Standards issued by the International Accounting Standards Board in the current year:

•	 IFRS 8 Operating Segments
•	 Amendments to IFRS 1 and IAS 27 (May 2008) Measuring Investments in Subsidiaries, Jointly Controlled Entities or Associates on  

First-time Adoption

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

:

3

•	 Revisions to IFRS 1 (December 2008) on First-time Adoption of IFRSs
•	 Amendments to IFRS 2 (January 2008) Vesting Conditions and Cancellations
•	 Amendments to IFRS 3 (January 2008) Business Combinations
•	 Amendments to IFRS 7 (March 2009) Enhancing Disclosures about Fair Value and Liquidity Risk
•	 Amendments to IAS 1 (September 2007) Presentation of Financial Statements
•	 Amendments to IAS 23 (March 2007) Borrowing Costs
•	 Amendments to IAS 27 (January 2008) Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements
•	 Amendments to IAS 32 and IAS 1 (February 2008) Puttable Financial Instruments and Obligations Arising on Liquidation
•	 Amendments to IAS 39 (July 2008) Eligible Hedged Items
•	 Amendments to IAS 39 (March 2009) Clarification regarding Assessment of Embedded Derivatives
•	 Improvements to IFRSs 2008 (May 2008)
•	 Improvements to IFRSs 2009 (April 2009)

The adoption of these Standards and Interpretations has not led to any material changes in the Group’s accounting policies, reported results 
and financial position except as follows:

•	 In relation to IFRS 3 the following accounting policies have changed, though there has been no effect on the reported results and financial 

position as no acquisitions have been made during the year which fall under the scope of the new standard:

  –  acquisition costs which previously would have been included in the cost of a business combination are included as administrative expenses 

as they are incurred;

  –  any pre-existing equity interest in an entity acquired is remeasured to fair value at the date of obtaining control, with any resulting gain  

or loss recognised in the income statement;

  –   any changes in the Group’s ownership interest subsequent to the date of obtaining control are recognised directly in equity, with no 

adjustment to goodwill; and

  –  any changes to the cost of an acquisition, including contingent consideration, resulting from events after the date of acquisition are 

recognised in the income statement where previously they resulted in an adjustment to goodwill.

•	 IFRS 8 requires operating segments to be identified on the basis of internal reports about components of the Group that are reviewed by the 
Board of directors to allocate resources between the segments and to assess their performance, in contrast to IAS 14 “Segmental reporting” 
which required the Group to identify business and geographical segments using a risk and rewards approach. As a result, the segmental 
information required by IAS 34 included in notes 2a and 2b is presented in accordance with IFRS 8 and the comparatives have been  
restated accordingly. The separate note showing statutory segmental information included as note 3 of the Group’s 2009 financial statements 
is no longer required.

46

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

47

 
 
1   Significant accounting policies continued

•	 In relation to IAS 1, the primary statements have changed with the “Statement of total recognised income and expense” replaced by the 

“Statement of comprehensive income”, and the “Reconciliation of movement in equity shareholders’ funds” replaced by the “Consolidated 
statement of changes in equity”. The latter shows changes in the components of equity for each period presented and it therefore incorporates 
the financial information included in notes 26 and 27 of the Group’s 2009 financial statements, which are no longer required. If the Group 
applies an accounting policy retrospectively, makes a retrospective restatement of items in its financial statements or reclassifies items in  
its financial statements, it presents an additional balance sheet as at the beginning of the earliest comparative period. The financial liability  
of £3.4 million at 30 December 2009 related to the interest rate swap has been reclassified from current payables in note 19 to non-current 
payables in note 20 as it has a maturity of more than twelve months from the balance sheet date and it is not intended to be settled within 
one year. No other restatements or reclassifications have been made in the current period.

At the date of authorisation of these financial statements, the following Standards and Interpretations which have not been applied in these 
financial statements were in issue but not yet effective (and in some cases had not yet been adopted by the EU): 

Effective in the forthcoming year:

•	 Amendments to IFRS 1 (July 2009) Additional Exemptions for First-time Adopters
•	 Amendments to IFRS 2 (June 2009) Group Cash-settled Share-based Payment Transactions
•	 Amendments to IAS 32 (October 2009) Classification of Rights Issues
•	 IFRIC 19 Extinguishing Financial Liabilities with Equity Instruments

Effective in future years:

•	 IFRS 9 Financial Instruments
•	 IFRS 10 Consolidated financial statements
•	 IFRS 11 Joint arrangements
•	 IFRS 12 Disclosure of interests in other entities
•	 Amendments to IAS 24 (November 2009) Related Party Disclosures
•	 Amendments to IFRIC 14 (November 2009) Prepayments of a Minimum Funding Requirement
•	 Improvements to IFRSs 2010 (May 2010)

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

:

3

The directors are assessing the impact that the adoption of these Standards and Interpretations will have on the financial statements of the 
Group in future periods.

Statement of compliance
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs). The 
consolidated financial statements have also been prepared in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the European Union and therefore the Group 
financial statements comply with Article 4 of the EU IAS Regulation.

Basis of preparation
The financial statements comprise the consolidated income statement, the consolidated statement of comprehensive income, the consolidated 
balance sheet, the consolidated statement of changes in equity, the consolidated cash flow statement and notes 1 to 36. They are prepared on 
the historical cost basis except for the revaluation of certain properties and financial instruments. The accounting policies have been applied 
consistently to the results, other gains and losses, assets, liabilities, income and expenses.

The financial statements are presented in pounds sterling because that is the currency of the primary economic environment in which the 
Group operates. Foreign operations are included in accordance with the accounting policies set out below.

46

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

47

 
 
Notes to the financial statements continued

For the year to 30 December 2010

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

:

3

1   Significant accounting policies continued

Going concern
The Group prepares cash flow and covenant compliance forecasts to demonstrate that it has adequate resources available to continue in 
operation for the foreseeable future, being at least 12 months from the date of this report. In these forecasts the directors specifically consider 
anticipated future market conditions and the Group’s principal risks and uncertainties. The directors believe that the Group and the Company 
have adequate resources to continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future and accordingly continue to adopt the going concern 
basis in preparing the annual report and financial statements.

Critical accounting judgements and key sources of estimation uncertainty
The preparation of financial statements requires the directors to make judgements, estimates and assumptions that may affect the application 
of accounting policies and the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, income and expenses. 

The critical judgements and estimates that the directors have made in the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies that have the 
most significant effect on the amounts recognised in the financial statements, or that have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment 
to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year, are as follows:

•	 an assessment of whether certain operating segments have characteristics that are sufficiently similar to allow them to be aggregated into a 

single segment for reporting in note 2a.

•	 an assessment of the likelihood that potential historic tax liabilities will arise as well as the impact of changes in recent legislation, case law 
and accounting standards, along with future projections for the Group, in determining the current and deferred tax assets, liabilities and 
charge to the income statement, as disclosed in note 9.

•	 reliance upon the work undertaken at 30 December 2010 by independent professional qualified valuers, as disclosed in note 11c, in assessing 

the fair value of certain of the Group’s investment properties.

•	 an assessment of the directors’ valuations of the investment properties owned by FIX UK as disclosed in note 11c.

•	 an estimate of the value in use of the cash-generating units to which goodwill has been allocated to determine whether the goodwill is 

impaired, as disclosed in note 12. The value in use calculation requires estimates of the expected life of the X-Leisure fund, the future cash 
flows expected to arise from the management contract and an appropriate discount rate for the calculation of present value.

•	 an assessment of whether the Group exercises significant influence over its investments in The Mall, The Junction and X-Leisure, as discussed 

in note 16b.

•	 reliance upon the work undertaken at 30 December 2010 by independent third party experts in assessing the fair values of the Group’s 

derivative financial instruments, which are disclosed in notes 17, 20 and 22f.

•	 an estimate of the future cash flows from the asset and property management contracts that are part of the total identifiable assets and 

liabilities in connection with the acquisition of Garigal, as disclosed in note 29.

•	 consideration of the potential transfer of risks and rewards of ownership in accordance with IAS 17 “Leases” for all properties leased to tenants. 

The directors have determined that all such leases are operating leases.

•	 the likelihood that CRPM, X-Leisure Limited and Garigal will receive performance fee revenue under their respective asset and property 
management contracts. The directors have concluded that it is not yet probable that any amounts will be received but the performance 
criteria are disclosed in note 36.

The directors believe that the estimates and associated assumptions used in the preparation of the financial statements are reasonable, but 
actual outcomes may differ from those anticipated and so the judgements, estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing 
basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognised in the period in which the estimate is revised if the revision affects only that period,  
or in the period of the revision and future periods if the revision affects both current and future periods.

48

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

49

 
 
1   Significant accounting policies continued

Principal accounting policies
The principal accounting policies adopted are set out below as.

Basis of consolidation
As well as the financial statements of the Company, the consolidated financial statements incorporate the results of entities controlled by the 
Company (its subsidiaries), associates and joint ventures made up to 31 December each year. 

Business combinations
Acquisitions of subsidiaries are accounted for using the acquisition method. The consideration for each acquisition is measured at the 
aggregate at the date of exchange of the fair values of assets given, liabilities incurred or assumed, and equity instruments issued by the  
Group in exchange for control of the acquiree. Acquisition-related costs are recognised in the income statement as incurred. Where a business 
combination is achieved in stages, the Group’s previously-held interests in the acquired entity are remeasured to fair value at the acquisition 
date (i.e. the date the Group attains control) and the resulting gain or loss, if any, is recognised in the income statement.

If the initial accounting for a business combination is incomplete by the end of the reporting period in which the combination occurs, the  
Group reports provisional amounts for the items for which the accounting is incomplete. Those provisional amounts are adjusted during the 
remeasurement period or additional assets or liabilities are recognised to reflect new information obtained about facts and circumstances that 
existed as of the acquisition date that, if known, would have affected the amounts recognised as of that date. The measurement period is the 
period from the date of acquisition to the date the Group obtains complete information and is subject to a maximum of one year.

Goodwill
Goodwill arising in a business combination is recognised as an asset at the date that control is acquired and is measured as the excess of the 
sum of consideration transferred, the amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquiree and the fair value of any equity interest in the 
entity already held by the acquirer over the net of the acquisition date amounts of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed. Goodwill 
which is recognised as an asset is not amortised but is reviewed for impairment at least annually. The impairment is calculated on the value in 
use of the goodwill and is recognised immediately in the income statement and not subsequently reversed. Where the Group’s interest in the 
fair value of the acquiree’s identifiable net assets exceeds the sum of consideration transferred, the amount of any non-controlling interest in 
the acquiree and the fair value of any equity interest in the entity already held by the acquirer, the excess is recognised immediately in the 
income statement as a bargain purchase gain.

Subsidiaries
Subsidiaries are those entities controlled by the Group. Control is assumed when the Group has the power to govern the financial and operating 
policies of an entity or business to benefit from its activities. The financial statements of subsidiaries are included in the consolidated financial 
statements from the date that control commences until the date that control ceases. The reporting period for subsidiaries ends on 31 December 
and their financial statements are consolidated to this date. 

Associates and joint ventures 
A joint venture is an entity over which the Group has joint control, which is the contractually agreed sharing of control over an economic activity 
which exists when the strategic financial and operating decisions relating to the activity require the unanimous consent of the parties sharing 
control. An associate is an entity over which the Group has significant influence, which is the power to participate in the financial and operating 
policy decisions of the entity but is not control or joint control over those policies.

In accordance with IAS 28 “Investments in Associates” and IAS 31 “Interests in Joint Ventures”, associates and joint ventures are accounted for 
under the equity method, whereby the consolidated balance sheet and income statement incorporate the Group’s share of net assets and profits  
or losses after tax. The profits or losses include revaluation movements on investment properties. Losses of an associate or joint venture in 
excess of the Group’s interest in that associate or joint venture (which includes any long-term interests that, in substance, form part of the 
Group’s net investment in the associate or joint venture) are recognised only to the extent that the Group has incurred legal or constructive 
obligations or made payments on behalf of the associate or joint venture.

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

:

3

48

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

49

 
 
Notes to the financial statements continued

For the year to 30 December 2010

1   Significant accounting policies continued

Any excess of the cost of acquisition over the Group’s share of the net fair value of the identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities  
of an associate recognised at the date of acquisition is recognised as goodwill. The goodwill is included within the carrying amount of the 
associate and is assessed for impairment as part of that investment. Any excess of the Group’s share of the net fair value of the identifiable 
assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities of the associate over the cost of acquisition, after reassessment, is recognised immediately in the 
income statement.

The reporting period for associates and joint ventures ends on 31 December and their financial statements are equity accounted to this date.  
In accordance with IAS 39 “Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement”, associates and joint ventures are reviewed at the end of  
the reporting period to determine whether any impairment loss should be recognised.

Foreign currency
Foreign currency transactions
Transactions in foreign currencies are translated into sterling at exchange rates approximating to the exchange rate ruling at the date of the 
transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at the balance sheet date are translated to sterling at the 
exchange rate ruling at that date and, unless they relate to the hedging of the net investment in foreign operations, differences arising on 
translation are recognised in the income statement.

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

:

3

Financial statements of foreign operations
The assets and liabilities of foreign operations, including goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on consolidation, are translated into 
sterling at the exchange rates ruling at the balance sheet date. The operating income and expenses of foreign operations are translated into 
sterling at the average exchange rates for the period. Significant transactions, such as property sales, are translated at the foreign exchange  
rate ruling at the date of each transaction. The principal exchange rate used to translate foreign currency denominated amounts in the balance 
sheet is the rate at the end of the year: £1 = €1.1618 (2009: £1 = €1.1062). The principal exchange rate used for the income statement is the 
average rate for the year: £1 = €1.1657 (2009: £1 = €1.1229).

Net investment in foreign operations
Exchange differences arising from the translation of the net investment in foreign operations are taken to the foreign currency reserve and the 
effective portions of related foreign currency hedges are taken to the net investment hedging reserve. The net investment in foreign operations 
includes the equity of the underlying entities and the portion of shareholder loans to those entities that is treated as equity where there is no 
intention of repayment in the foreseeable future. All exchange differences previously accumulated in equity are transferred to the income 
statement upon disposal or, where control is lost, part-disposal of the foreign operation.

Plant and equipment
Plant and equipment is stated at the lower of cost or valuation, net of depreciation and any provision for impairment. Depreciation is provided 
on all tangible fixed assets, other than investment properties and land, on a straight-line basis over their expected useful lives:

•	 Leasehold improvements – over the term of the lease

•	 Fixtures and fittings – over three to five years

•	 Motor vehicles – over four years

50

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

51

 
 
1   Significant accounting policies continued

Property portfolio
Investment properties
Investment properties are stated at fair value, being the market value determined by professionally qualified external or director valuers, with 
changes in fair value being included in the income statement. Valuations are generally carried out twice a year. In accordance with IAS 40 
“Investment Property”, no depreciation is provided in respect of investment properties.

Leasehold properties
Leasehold properties that are leased to tenants under operating leases are classified as investment properties or development properties, as 
appropriate, and included in the balance sheet at fair value.

Refurbishment expenditure
Refurbishment expenditure in respect of major works is capitalised. Renovation and refurbishment expenditure of a revenue nature is expensed 
as incurred.

Property transactions
Acquisitions and disposals are accounted for at the date of legal completion. Investment properties are reclassified as held for sale once 
contracts have been exchanged and are transferred between categories at the estimated market value on the transfer date. Properties held for 
sale are shown at fair value less costs of disposal.

Trading properties
Properties held with the intention of disposal are valued at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Any impairment in the value of trading 
properties is shown within the cost of sales line in the income statement.

Head leases
Where an investment property is held under a head lease, the head lease is initially recognised as an asset at the present value of the minimum 
ground rent payable under the lease. The corresponding rent liability to the leaseholder is included in the balance sheet as a finance lease 
obligation.

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

:

3

Tenant leases and incentives
Incentives and costs associated with entering into tenant leases are amortised over a straight line basis over the term of the lease.

Operating leases
Annual rentals under operating leases are charged to the income statement on a straight line basis over the term of the lease.

Financial assets and financial liabilities
Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash on hand and demand deposits, and other short-term highly liquid investments that are readily 
convertible to a known amount of cash and are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value. 

Trade receivables and payables 
Trade receivables and payables are stated at fair value, less any provision for impairment against trade receivables.

50

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

51

 
 
Notes to the financial statements continued

For the year to 30 December 2010

1   Significant accounting policies continued

Borrowings
Borrowings are held at amortised cost. They are recognised initially at fair value, after taking into account any discount on issue and 
attributable transaction costs. Subsequently, such discounts and costs are charged to the income statement over the term of the borrowing at  
a constant return on the carrying amount of the liability. In accordance with IAS 39 “Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement”, a 
substantial modification of the terms of an existing borrowing is accounted for as an extinguishment of the original liability and the recognition 
of a new liability. Where the terms of the modification are not substantially different, any costs paid in connection with the modification are 
treated as an adjustment to the carrying amount of the liability and are amortised over the remaining life of the modified liability.

Derivative financial instruments
Derivative financial instruments are designated as at fair value through profit or loss in accordance with IAS 39 “Financial Instruments: 
Recognition and Measurement”. They are recognised initially at fair value, which equates to cost, and are subsequently remeasured at fair value. 
The fair value of forward foreign exchange contracts is calculated by reference to spot and forward exchange rates at the balance sheet date.  
The fair value of interest rate swaps is calculated by reference to appropriate forecasts of yield curves between the balance sheet date and the 
maturity of the instrument. Changes in fair value are included as finance income or finance costs in the income statement, except for gains or 
losses on the portion of an instrument that is an effective hedge of the net investment in a foreign operation, which are recognised in the net 
investment hedging reserve. Derivative financial instruments are classified as non-current when they have a maturity of more than twelve 
months and are not intended to be settled within one year.

Financial assets
Financial assets are classified into the following specified categories: financial assets “at fair value through profit or loss” (FVTPL), “held to 
maturity” investments, “available for sale” financial assets and “loans and receivables”. The classification depends on the nature and purpose  
of the financial assets and is determined at the time of initial recognition.

Available for sale financial assets
The Group has investments in unlisted shares and unit trusts that are not traded in an active market but whose fair value the directors consider 
can be reliably measured. Gains and losses arising from changes in fair value are recognised in other comprehensive income, with the exception 
of impairment losses which are recognised in the income statement. Dividends are recognised in the income statement when the Group’s right 
to receive the dividends is established.

Tax
Tax is included in the income statement except to the extent that it relates to items recognised directly in equity, in which case the related tax is 
recognised in equity.

Current tax is based on the taxable profit for the year and is calculated using tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted. Taxable 
profit differs from net profit as reported in the income statement because it excludes items of income or expense that are never taxable or tax 
deductible (permanent differences) or will be taxable at a later date (temporary differences). Temporary differences principally arise when using 
balance sheet values for assets and liabilities that are different to their respective tax base values.

Deferred tax is provided using the balance sheet liability method on these temporary differences with the exception of goodwill not deductible 
for tax purposes; the initial recognition of assets or liabilities that affect neither accounting nor taxable profit; and differences relating to 
investments in subsidiaries to the extent that they will probably not reverse in the foreseeable future. The amount of deferred tax provided is 
based on the expected manner of realisation or settlement of the carrying amount of assets and liabilities, using tax rates applicable at the 
balance sheet date. A deferred tax asset is regarded as recoverable and therefore recognised only when, on the basis of all available evidence,  
it can be regarded as more likely than not that there will be suitable taxable profits from which the future reversal of the underlying temporary 
differences can be deducted.

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

:

3

52

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

53

 
 
1   Significant accounting policies continued

Employee benefits
Pension costs
Pension liabilities, all of which relate to defined contribution schemes, are charged to the income statement as incurred.

Share-based payments 
The Group has applied the arrangements of IFRS 2 “Share-based Payment”. Equity settled share-based payments are measured at fair value at 
the date of grant. The fair values of the 2008 LTIP, the COIP, the Matching Share Agreement and the SAYE scheme are calculated using Monte 
Carlo simulations or the Black-Scholes model as appropriate. The fair values are dependent on factors including the exercise price, expected 
volatility, period to exercise and risk free interest rate. Market related performance conditions are reflected in the fair values at the date of grant 
and are expensed on a straight line basis over the vesting period. Non-market related performance conditions are not reflected in the fair values 
at the date of grant. At each reporting date, the Group estimates the number of shares likely to vest under non-market related performance 
conditions so that the cumulative expense will ultimately reflect the number of shares that do vest. Where awards are cancelled, including when 
an employee ceases to pay contributions into the SAYE scheme, the remaining fair value is expensed immediately.

Own shares
Own shares held by the Group are shown as a deduction from shareholders’ funds and included in other reserves. The cost of own shares is 
transferred to retained earnings when shares in the underlying incentive schemes vest. The shares are held in an Employee Share Ownership Trust.

Revenue 
Management fees
Management fees are recognised, in line with the property management contracts, in the period to which they relate. They include income in 
relation to services provided by CRPM to associates and joint ventures for asset and property management, project co-ordination, procurement,  
and management of service charges and directly recoverable expenses. Income earned by X-Leisure Limited and Garigal for similar services is 
recognised in the share of profit/(loss) in associates and joint ventures.

Performance fees
Performance fees are recognised as revenue by the Group or the relevant associate or joint venture when both the amount of performance fee 
and the stage of completion of the relevant performance conditions can be measured reliably, and when it is probable that the performance fee 
will be received. Performance fees may be earned as follows:

•	 The Mall: by CRPM on property level outperformance relative to the IPD Shopping Centre Index (taking the 30 June 2010 valuation as the  

start point) of more than 50 basis points provided that the fund level return is greater than zero, payable at the end of the life of the fund or 
on an exit event, which is defined as a listing, sale of all the interests in the fund or the making of a cash offer which is accepted by a majority 
of the investors in the fund. For i) between 50 basis points and 150 basis points, CRPM receives 10% of the outperformance proceeds; ii) for 
between 150 basis points and 300 basis points of outperformance, CRPM receives 15% of the outperformance proceeds; and iii) for over 300 
basis points of outperformance, CRPM receives no additional fee to ensure excessive risks are not taken. The provisions in the management 
agreements relating to removal for underperformance, which currently apply with effect from 31 December 2012, have been amended such 
that the GP board will only have the right to remove CRPM as the asset and property manager in the event of underperformance of at least  
100 basis points below the IPD Shopping Centre Index over the period ending 31 December 2014. The above changes will be effective from  
21 July 2010 but are subject to final confirmation from the Mall Bond Security Trustee which is expected shortly as disclosed in note 3.

•	 The Junction: by CRPM on any realised geared returns in excess of an internal rate of return of 15% over the period from May 2009 to the 

disposal of the entire portfolio or the expiry of the fund.

•	 X-Leisure: by X-Leisure Limited on any realised geared return in excess of an internal rate of return of 15% over the period from August 2009 to 
the disposal of the entire portfolio on the expiry of the fund or its conversion into a listed structure. An interim performance fee may be earned 
on the same basis if the X-Leisure portfolio is reduced to nine properties or fewer.

•	 German portfolio: by Garigal on any realised geared returns in excess of an internal rate of return of 12% over the period from June 2010 to the 

disposal of the entire portfolio or its conversion into a listed structure, subject to a maximum of €15.0 million.

Provisions for performance fees payable by the underlying associate or joint venture are made when there is a present obligation to settle the 
performance fee, its amount can be measured reliably and it is probable that it will be paid. Further disclosure on performance fees is included 
in note 36.

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

:

3

52

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

53

 
 
Notes to the financial statements continued

For the year to 30 December 2010

1   Significant accounting policies continued

Net rental income 
Net rental income is gross rental income adjusted for tenant incentives, recognised on a straight-line basis over the term of the underlying 
lease, less expenses directly related to letting and holding the properties.

Interest and dividend income 
Interest income is accrued on a time basis, by reference to the principal outstanding and at the effective interest rate applicable, which is the 
rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash receipts through the expected life of the financial asset to that asset’s net carrying amount. 
Dividend income from investments is recognised when the shareholders’ right to receive payment has been established. 

Finance costs
All borrowing costs are recognised under finance costs in the income statement in the period in which they are incurred. Finance costs also 
include the amortisation of loan issue costs, any loss in the value of the Group’s wholly owned interest rate swaps and any loss in the ineffective 
portion of the Group’s hedge of its net investment in a foreign operation.

Operating segments
In prior years, segmental information was split between asset businesses, comprising the Group’s property investment activities in the UK and 
Germany, and earnings businesses, comprising the Group’s property management activities and SNO!zone. While these definitions continue to  
be valid, the information provided to the Board of directors (which is the Group’s Chief Operating Decision Maker) for the purposes of resource 
allocation and assessment of segment performance is split further to show individual funds, joint ventures and other underlying entities of  
these businesses.

Under this basis and the quantitative thresholds of IFRS 8 “Operating Segments”, the Group’s reportable segments are The Mall, The Junction, 
X-Leisure, the German joint venture, CRPM and SNO!zone. Other segments not individually reportable in the asset businesses are the Group’s 
remaining associates and joint ventures, comprising FIX UK, Xscape Braehead, The Auchinlea Partnership, PPCR Group, Sauchiehall Centre,  
MEN Arena (sold in 2010) and Cardiff (sold in 2009), and its wholly owned properties, comprising Great Northern Warehouse, Hemel Hempstead 
and 10 Lower Grosvenor Place/Beeston Place (sold in 2010). These have been combined into the “Other” segment as they meet the aggregation 
criteria under IFRS 8. Other segments not individually reportable in the earnings businesses are X-Leisure Limited and Garigal, which are 
included with CRPM in the “Property management” segment as they also meet the aggregation criteria under IFRS 8. Non-segment items include 
Group overheads incurred by Capital & Regional plc and other subsidiaries, and the interest expense on the Group’s central borrowing facility.

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

:

3

The Group’s asset business segments (The Mall, The Junction, X-Leisure, the German joint venture and Other segments) derive their revenue 
from the rental of investment and trading properties. The Group’s earnings business segments (the Property management and SNO!zone 
segments) derive their revenue from the management of property funds and joint ventures and the operation of indoor ski slopes. The split of 
revenue between these classifications satisfies the requirement of IFRS 8 to report revenues from different products and services. Depreciation 
and the variable overhead represent the only significant non-cash expenses.

The Group’s interests in the assets, liabilities and profit or loss of its associates and joint ventures are proportionately consolidated and  
shown on a see-through basis as this is how they are reported to the Board of directors. There are no differences between the measurements  
of the segments’ assets, liabilities and profit or loss as they are reported to the Board of directors and their presentation under the Group’s  
accounting policies.

Inter-segment revenue and expenses represent items eliminated on consolidation and are accounted for on an arm’s-length basis. Management 
fees and other revenue items in the property management segment are earned from the asset business segments, where they are included 
under property and void costs. Since these asset business segments are proportionately consolidated, the costs would not eliminate against  
the income and have therefore not been split out separately as inter-segment expenses.

54

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

55

 
 
2a  Operating segments

Year to 30 December 2010  Note 

Asset businesses 

 Earnings businesses 

The 
Mall 
£m 

The 
Junction 
£m 

X-Leisure 
£m 

Germany 
£m 

Property 
Other management 
£m 

£m 

Total 
  reportable 
segments 
£m 

SNO!zone 
£m 

Group

Non- 
segment 
items 
£m 

Rental income from  
external sources 
Property and void costs 

Net rental income 
Interest income 
Interest expense 

Contribution 
Management fees 
Management expenses 
SNO!zone income 
SNO!zone expenses 
Depreciation 
Inter-segment revenue 
Inter-segment expenses 
Interest income on  
central cash 
Interest expense on  
central facility  

Recurring pre-tax profit 
Variable overhead 
Revaluation of  
investment properties 
Profit/(loss) on disposals 
Impairment reversal of  
trading properties 
Impairment of goodwill 
(Loss)/gain on  
financial instruments 
Other non-recurring items 

Profit/(loss) before tax 
Tax charge 

Profit after tax 

Total assets 
Total liabilities 

Net assets 

2b 

2b  

2b  

2b  

4  
12  

9a 

2b 
2b 

19.5 
(5.1) 

14.4 
0.1  
(10.1) 

4.4 
–  
–  
–  
–  
–  
–  
–  

–  

–  

4.4 
–  

17.6 
3.0 

–  
–  

(0.2) 
–  

24.8 

4.0 
(0.5) 

3.5 
–  
(3.4) 

0.1 
–  
–  
–  
–  
–  
–  
–  

–  

–  

0.1 
–  

3.1 
1.8 

–  
–  

5.1 
(1.2) 

3.9 
–  
(2.7) 

1.2 
–  
–  
–  
–  
–  
–  
–  

–  

–  

1.2 
–  

8.1 
0.2 

–  
–  

(1.4) 
–  

3.6 

(1.0) 
– 

8.5 

19.0 
(3.4) 

15.6 
–  
(10.5) 

5.1 
–  
–  
–  
–  
–  
– 
– 

–  

–  

5.1 
–  

0.2 
(0.6) 

– 
–  

2.6 
(1.9) 

5.4 

12.2  
(1.4)  

10.8  
–  
(8.3)  

2.5  
– 
– 
–  
–  
– 
0.1 
(0.1) 

–  

–  

2.5 
– 

0.6  
0.1  

0.1  
– 

0.6  
(1.3) 

2.6 

225.6 
(168.0) 

67.5 
(43.7) 

67.0 
(41.0) 

260.3 
(211.9) 

142.2 
(133.1) 

57.6 

23.8 

26.0 

48.4 

9.1 

–  
–  

–  
–  
–  

–  
13.3  
(7.3)  
– 
– 
(0.2) 
0.1  
(0.1)  

–  

–  

5.8 
(0.7)  

–  
–  

–  
(0.7)  

–  
0.5 

4.9 

8.8 
(4.5) 

4.3 

– 
– 

– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
12.5 
(11.5) 
(0.3) 
– 
– 

–  

–  

0.7 
– 

– 
– 

– 
– 

– 
1.9 

2.6 

59.8  
(11.6)  

48.2  
0.1  
(35.0)  

13.3  
13.3  
(7.3) 
12.5  
(11.5)  
(0.5)  
0.2  
(0.2)  

– 

– 

19.8 
(0.7) 

29.6 
4.5  

0.1  
(0.7)  

0.6  
(0.8) 

52.4 

Total 
£m

59.8
(11.6)

48.2
0.1
(35.0)

13.3
13.3
(11.3)
12.5
(11.5)
(0.5)
0.2
(0.2)

– 
– 

– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
(4.0) 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

0.1 

0.1

(1.0) 

(4.9) 
(0.6) 

– 
– 

– 
– 

– 
(0.5) 

(6.0) 

(1.0)

14.9
(1.3)

29.6
4.5

0.1
(0.7)

0.6
(1.3)

46.4
(2.0)

44.4

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

:

3

2.5 
(2.3) 

773.9 
(604.5) 

24.0 
(18.9) 

797.9
(623.4)

0.2 

169.4 

5.1 

174.5

54

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

55

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the financial statements continued

For the year to 30 December 2010

2a  Operating segments continued

Year to 30 December 2009 

Note 

Asset businesses 

 Earnings businesses 

The 
Mall 
£m 

The 
Junction 
£m 

X-Leisure 
£m 

Germany 
£m 

Property 
Other management 
£m 

£m 

Total 
  reportable 
segments 
£m 

SNO!zone 
£m 

Group

Non- 
segment 
items 
£m 

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

:

3

Rental income from  
external sources 
Property and void costs 

Net rental income 
Interest income 
Interest expense 

Contribution 
Management fees 
Management expenses 
SNO!zone income 
SNO!zone expenses 
Depreciation 
Inter-segment revenue 
Inter-segment expenses 
Interest expense on  
central facility 

Recurring pre-tax profit 
Variable overhead 
Revaluation of  
investment properties 
Deemed disposals 
(Loss)/profit on disposals 
Impairment of  
trading properties 
Impairment of goodwill 
Gain/(loss) on  
financial instruments 
Other non-recurring items 

(Loss)/profit before tax 
Tax charge 

Loss after tax 

Total assets 
Total liabilities 

Net assets 

2b 

2b  

2b  

2b  

4  
12  

9a 

2b 
2b 

25.5  
(7.1) 

18.4  
0.3 
(11.8) 

6.9  
–  
–  
–  
–  
–  
–  
–  

 –  

6.9  
–  

8.2  
(1.2) 

7.0  
0.1  
(6.5) 

0.6  
–  
–  
–  
–  
–  
–  
–  

–  

0.6  
–  

8.1  
(1.8) 

6.3  
–  
(4.6) 

1.7  
–  
–  
–  
–  
–  
–  
–  

–  

1.7  
–  

20.0  
(2.6) 

17.4  
–  
(11.3) 

6.1  
–  
–  
–  
–  
–  
– 
– 

–  

6.1  
–  

(50.3) 
– 
(3.7) 

(26.1) 
(2.8) 
(2.1) 

(18.8) 
(4.4)  
(3.4)  

(10.5) 
–  
– 

–  
–  

0.7  
– 

–  
–  

–  
–  

(1.3) 
(0.6) 

0.4  
(0.2) 

(46.4) 

(32.3) 

(24.7) 

– 
–  

(1.0) 
(0.1)  

(5.5) 

11.9  
(2.4) 

9.5  
– 
(8.3) 

1.2  
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
0.9  
(0.2) 

– 

1.9  
– 

(2.7) 
– 
0.5  

(2.1) 
– 

0.8  
0.4  

(1.2) 

281.7  
(249.1) 

81.2  
(55.6) 

67.2  
(49.0) 

292.6  
(245.9) 

157.2  
(140.0) 

32.6 

25.6 

18.2 

46.7 

17.2 

 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  

–  
17.1  
(11.1)  
 – 
 – 
(0.1) 
0.3  
(0.9) 

 –  

5.3 
(0.3)  

 –  
–  
–  

 –  
(1.6)  

–  
(0.5)  

2.9 

7.2 
(3.9) 

3.3 

– 
– 

– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
13.7  
(12.4) 
(0.3) 
– 
(0.1) 

– 

0.9  
– 

73.7  
(15.1)  

58.6  
0.4  
(42.5)  

16.5  
17.1  
(11.1) 
13.7  
(12.4)  
(0.4)  
1.2  
(1.2)  

 – 

23.4 
(0.3)  

– 
– 
– 

– 
– 

– 
– 

(108.4)  
(7.2)  
(8.7) 

(2.1)  
(1.6)  

(0.4) 
(1.0) 

0.9  

(106.3) 

– 
– 

– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
(3.9) 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

(2.0) 

(5.9) 
– 

– 
– 
(0.7) 

– 
– 

0.7  
(1.2) 

(7.1) 

Total 
£m

73.7
(15.1)

58.6
0.4
(42.5)

16.5
17.1
(15.0)
13.7
(12.4)
(0.4)
1.2
(1.2)

(2.0)

17.5
(0.3)

(108.4)
(7.2)
(9.4)

(2.1)
(1.6)

0.3
(2.2)

(113.4)
(6.3)

(119.7)

919.0
(789.2)

3.5  
(5.2) 

(1.7) 

890.6 
(748.7) 

28.4 
(40.5) 

141.9 

(12.1) 

129.8

56

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

57

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2b  Reconciliations of reportable revenue, assets and liabilities

Revenue 
Rental income from external sources 
Inter-segment revenue 
Management fees 
SNO!zone income 

Revenue for reportable segments 
Elimination of inter-segment revenue 
Rental income earned by associates and joint ventures 
Management fees earned by associates and joint ventures   

Revenue per consolidated income statement 

Revenue for reportable segments by country 
UK 
Germany 

Revenue for reportable segments 

Year to 
  30 December 
2010 
£m 
59.8 
0.2 
13.3 
12.5 

Note 
2a 
2a 
2a 
2a 

Year to 
30 December 
2009 
£m
73.7
1.2
17.1
13.7

16d, 16e 
16d, 16e 

3 

85.8 
(0.2) 
(52.2) 
(2.7) 

30.7 

66.5 
19.3 

85.8 

105.7
(1.2)
(65.8)
(0.9)

37.8

85.7
20.0

105.7

Revenue is attributed to countries on the basis of the location of the underlying properties. All Group revenue in the current year and preceding 
year arose in the UK. Revenue from the Group’s major customer is management fee income from The Mall LP, included in the property 
management segment, which represented £8.9 million (2009: £9.5 million) of the Group’s total revenue of £30.7 million (2009: £37.8 million). 
Further information on related party transactions is disclosed in note 36 to the financial statements.

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

:

3

Assets 
Total assets of reportable segments 
Adjustment for associates and joint ventures 
Non-segment assets 

Group assets 

Net assets by country 
UK 
Germany 

Liabilities 
Total liabilities of reportable segments 
Adjustment for associates and joint ventures 
Non-segment liabilities 

Group liabilities 

Note 
2a 

Note 
2a 

2010 
£m 
773.9 
(543.0) 
48.2 

279.1 

123.6 
50.9 

174.5 

2010 
£m 
(604.5) 
521.3 
(21.4) 

(104.6) 

2009 
£m
890.6
(675.9)
40.4

255.1 

83.1
46.7

129.8

2009 
£m
(748.7)
654.3
(30.9)

(125.3)

56

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

57

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the financial statements continued

For the year to 30 December 2010

3   Revenue

Statutory 
Asset businesses 
Gross rent from wholly owned investment properties 
Gross rent from wholly owned trading properties 

Gross rent from wholly owned properties 
Other income 
Earnings businesses 
Management fees  
SNO!zone income 

Revenue per consolidated income statement 
Finance income 

Total revenue 

Year to 
  30 December 
2010 
Total 
£m 

Note 

Year to 
30 December 
2009 
Total 
£m

0.9 
6.7 

7.6 
– 

10.6 
12.5 

30.7 
1.2 

31.9 

1.1
6.7

7.8
0.6

15.7
13.7

37.8
2.7

40.5

2a 

2b 
5  

Management fees represent revenue earned by the Group’s wholly owned CRPM subsidiary.

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

:

3

With effect from 21 July 2010, the fee basis earned by CRPM for asset and property management on The Mall changed from a percentage of 
property under management to a fixed fee of £4.5 million per annum. 25% of this fee is subject to reduction on a sliding scale from 100% to 
75% if the valuation of the properties in the fund falls to between £850 million and £600 million. 

The calculation of performance fees on The Mall has also changed so that they are no longer calculated on a rolling three-year basis but will 
instead be payable at the end of the life of the fund or an exit event such as the sale of all the interests in the fund. Payment will be based on 
property level outperformance relative to the IPD Shopping Centre Index (taking the 30 June 2010 valuation as the start point) of more than  
50 basis points provided that the fund level return is greater than zero. CRPM will earn fees as follows:

•	 between 50 basis points and 150 basis points: 10% of the outperformance proceeds

•	 between 150 basis points and 300 basis points of outperformance: 15% of the outperformance proceeds

•	 over 300 basis points of outperformance: no additional fee to ensure excessive risks are not taken

The provisions in the management agreements relating to removal for underperformance, which currently apply with effect from 31 December 
2012, have also been amended such that the fund will only have the right to remove CRPM as managers in the event of underperformance of at 
least 100 basis points below the IPD Shopping Centre Index over the period ending 31 December 2014. The above changes will be effective from 
21 July 2010 but are subject to final confirmation by the Mall Bond Security Trustee which is expected shortly. The GP Board agreed that the 
right of the fund to remove CRPM if there was a change of control of Capital & Regional Plc would be removed, as has the requirement for the 
Group to obtain the fund’s approval prior to acquiring another shopping centre. These amendments become effective once the fee arrangements 
have been finalised.

4  Cost of sales

Property costs of wholly owned properties 
Void costs of wholly owned properties 
SNO!zone expenses 
(Impairment reversal)/impairment of trading properties 

Total cost of sales 

Year to 
  30 December 
2010 
£m 
0.2 
0.4 
9.9 
(0.1) 

Year to 
30 December 
2009 
£m
1.0
0.2
12.7
2.1

10.4 

16.0

Note 

2a, 11a 

58

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

59

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
5 

Finance income

Interest receivable 
Gain in fair value of financial instruments: 
– Interest rate swaps 
– Ineffective portion of forward foreign exchange contracts   
– Unhedged element of forward foreign exchange contracts  

Total finance income 

6   Finance costs

Interest payable on bank loans and overdrafts 
Interest receivable on swaps 

Interest payable 
Amortisation of loan issue costs  
Other interest payable 
Loss in fair value of financial instruments: 
– Interest rate swaps 
– Ineffective portion of forward foreign exchange contracts   
– Unhedged element of forward foreign exchange contracts  

Total finance costs 

7a   Profit/(loss) before tax

The profit/(loss) before tax is arrived at after charging the following items:

Depreciation of plant and equipment 
Property revaluation  
Impairment of goodwill 
Impairment of trade receivables 
Staff costs  
Auditors’ remuneration 

Year to 
  30 December 
2010 
£m 
1.2 

Note 

Year to 
30 December 
2009 
£m
1.3

– 
– 
– 

1.2 

1.2
0.2
–

2.7

3 

Year to 
  30 December 
2010 
£m 
5.8 
(0.4) 

Year to 
30 December 
2009 
£m
11.0
(2.2)

5.4 
0.5 
0.3 

1.1 
0.1 
– 

7.4 

8.8
2.5
(0.4)

–
–
0.1

11.0

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

:

3

Year to 
  30 December 
2010 
£m 
0.5 
0.2 
0.7 
0.1 
13.5 
0.2 

Note 
13a 
11a 
12 
17 
8a 
7b 

Year to 
30 December 
2009 
£m
0.4
2.8
1.6
0.6
15.3
0.6

58

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

59

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the financial statements continued

For the year to 30 December 2010

7b  Auditors’ remuneration

The breakdown of auditors’ remuneration was as follows:

Fees payable to the Company’s auditors for the audit of the Company’s annual financial statements 
Fees payable to the Company’s auditors and their associates for other services to the Group – 
the audit of the Company’s subsidiaries and joint ventures pursuant to legislation 

Total audit fees 
Non-audit fees (see below) 

Total fees paid to auditors 

Year to 
  30 December 
2010 
£m 
0.1 

Note 

Year to 
30 December 
2009 
£m
0.1

0.1 

0.2 
– 

0.2 

0.1

0.2
0.4

0.6

7a 

Included in non-audit fees are amounts for services supplied pursuant to legislation of £40,000 (2009: £64,000), which related to the review of 
the Group’s interim report, and corporate finance services of £nil (2009: £330,000). Fees payable to Deloitte LLP and their associates for non-
audit services to the Company are not required to be disclosed because the consolidated financial statements are required to disclose such fees 
on a consolidated basis.

8a  Staff costs, including directors

All remuneration is paid by either CRPM or the SNO!zone companies.

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

:

3

Salaries 
Ex-gratia payments 
Discretionary bonuses  
Share-based payments 

Social security 
Other pension costs 

Note 

Year to 
  30 December 
2010 
£m 
10.9 
0.3 
0.3 
0.7 

24 

12.2 
1.2 
0.1 

13.5 

7a 

Year to 
30 December 
2009 
£m
13.2
0.4
–
0.3

13.9
1.3
0.1

15.3

Except for the directors, the Company has no employees. The costs of the directors shown in the directors’ remuneration report are borne by 
CRPM and appropriate amounts recharged to the Company.

60

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

61

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
8b  Staff numbers

The monthly average number of persons, including directors, employed by the Group during the year was as follows:

CRPM 
SNO!zone 

Total staff numbers 

Tax 

9 
9a  Tax charge

Current tax (credit)/charge 
UK corporation tax 
Adjustments in respect of prior years 
Foreign tax 

Total current tax (credit)/charge 

Deferred tax charge 
Origination and reversal of temporary timing differences 

Total deferred tax charge 

Total tax charge 

£nil (2009: £nil) of the tax charge relates to items included in other comprehensive income.

9b  Tax charge reconciliation

Profit/(loss) before tax  

Profit/(loss) multiplied by the UK corporation tax rate of 28% (2009: 28%)  
Non-allowable expenses and non-taxable items (restated)*   
(Utilisation of tax losses)/excess tax losses 
Tax on realised gains/(losses) (restated)* 
Unrealised (gains)/losses on investment properties not taxable 
Temporary timing and controlled foreign companies income 
Overseas tax rate differences 
Adjustments in respect of prior years 

Year to 
  30 December 
2010 
Number 
91 
253 

Year to 
30 December 
2009 
Number
128
258

344 

386

Year to 
  30 December 
2010 
£m 

Note 

Year to 
30 December 
2009 
£m

– 
(0.6) 
0.1 

(0.5) 

2.5 

2.5 

2.0 

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

:

3

–
3.6
0.1

3.7

2.6

2.6

6.3

2a, 9b 

Year to 
  30 December 
2010 
£m 
46.4 

Note 

Year to 
30 December 
2009 
£m
(113.4)

13.0 
(1.0) 
(0.7) 
(1.5) 
(8.2) 
1.0 
– 
(0.6) 

2.0 

(31.8)
(4.8)
4.0
1.7
29.3
4.4
(0.1)
3.6

6.3

*  Comparative amounts have been restated for consistency with the presentation in the current year with £163.7 million being eliminated from both “non-allowable expenses 

and non-taxable items” and “tax on realised gains/(losses)” in 2009 which had no impact on the total tax charge

60

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

61

Total tax charge 

9a 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the financial statements continued

For the year to 30 December 2010

9c  Deferred tax asset/(liabilities)

At the start of the year 
Deferred tax credit/(charge) 

At the end of the year 

Note 

9a,10a 

Capital 
allowances 
£m 
(4.9) 
– 

Other timing  30 December 
2010 
£m 
(1.2) 
(2.5) 

differences 
£m 
3.7 
(2.5) 

30 December 
2009 
£m
1.4
(2.6)

(4.9) 

1.2 

(3.7) 

(1.2)

The UK corporation tax rate will be reduced by 1% to 27% from 1 April 2011 so the rate at which deferred tax is booked in the financial 
statements is 27% (2009: 28%).

There are no temporary differences relating to the unremitted earnings of subsidiaries as the Groups overseas subsidiaries are controlled  
foreign companies under UK tax legislation and their profits are treated as taxable in the UK in the year they arise. No deferred tax asset has 
been recognised in respect of temporary differences arising from investments in associates and interests in joint ventures of £3.0 million  
(2009: £3.1 million) as it is not certain that a deduction will be available when the asset crystallises.

9d  Unused tax losses

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

:

3

The Group has £111.4 million (2009: £108.1 million) of unused revenue tax losses, all of which are in the UK. A deferred tax asset of £0.6 million 
(2009: £0.7 million) has been recognised in respect of £2.2 million (2009: £2.5 million) of these losses, based on future profit forecasts.  
No deferred tax asset has been recognised in respect of the remainder owing to the unpredictability of future profit streams and other reasons 
which may restrict the utilisation of the losses. The Group has unused capital losses of £21.5 million (2009: £19.7 million) that are available  
for offset against future gains but no deferred tax has been recognised in respect of these losses owing to the unpredictability of future capital 
gains and other reasons which may restrict the utilisation of the losses. The amount of losses available have yet to be agreed with the tax 
authorities and may therefore be reduced. The losses do not have an expiry date. 

9e  Factors affecting tax

The calculation of the Group’s tax charge necessarily involves a degree of estimation and judgement in respect of certain items whose tax 
treatment cannot be finally determined until a formal resolution has been reached with the relevant tax authorities. The Group has undertaken 
a number of other significant transactions in prior years which still need to be agreed with the tax authorities. The Group has assessed the 
potential exposure in respect of these transactions and maintains a limited provision on the expectation that no material liability will arise.  
The Group continues to monitor the position together with its advisers and is seeking to agree these outstanding matters with the tax authorities.

In 2009 agreement was reached with the tax authorities related to tax structuring of previous property disposals by the Group in 2004 and  
2005 which resulted in a liability of £19.5 million including interest. At 30 December 2010 the corporate tax liability related to this was  
£15.0 million, with £5.0 million classified as current and £10.0 million as non-current. As disclosed in note 35 the Group made a cash payment 
of £5.0 million on the due date of 31 December 2010 related to the current tax liability recorded at 30 December 2010 in accordance with the 
agreed payment plan.

62

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

63

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10  Earnings per share

The European Public Real Estate Association (“EPRA”) has issued recommendations for the calculation of earnings per share information as 
shown in the following tables: 

10a Earnings per share calculation

Note  

 Year to 30 December 2010 
Diluted 

EPRA diluted 

Basic 

Y ear to 30 December 2009 

Basic 

Diluted 

EPRA diluted

Profits/(losses) (£m) 
Profit/(loss) for the year 
Revaluation of investment properties 
(Profit)/loss on disposal of investment properties  
(net of tax) 
Movement in fair value of financial instruments 
Impairment of goodwill 
Deferred tax charge on capital allowances 

Weighted average number of shares (m) 
Ordinary shares in issue 
Own shares held 
Dilutive contingently issuable shares and share options 

Earnings/(loss) per share (pence) 

10b  

10b  
10b  
12  
9c  

23 

44.4 
–  

44.4 
– 

44.4 
(29.6)  

(119.7) 
–  

(119.7) 
– 

(119.7)
108.4

–  
–  
–  
–  

– 
– 
– 
–  

(3.2)  
0.1  
0.7  
–  

–  
–  
–  
–  

– 
– 
– 
– 

44.4 

44.4 

12.4 

(119.7) 

(119.7) 

350.6 
(2.2) 
– 

348.4 

13p 

350.6 
(2.2) 
0.5 

348.9 

13p 

350.6 
(2.2) 
0.5  

348.9 

4p 

206.6 
(3.5) 
–  

203.1 

206.6 
(3.5) 
–  

203.1 

(59)p 

(59)p 

9.4
0.9
1.6
0.8

1.4

206.6
(3.5)
–

203.1

1p

At the end of the year, the Group had 14,671,893 (2009: 2,001,986) share options and contingently issuable shares granted under share-based 
payment schemes that could potentially have diluted basic earnings per share in the future but which have not been included in the calculation 
because they are not dilutive or the conditions for vesting have not been met.

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

:

3

10b Reconciliation of earnings figures included in earnings per share calculations

Associates 
Joint ventures 
Wholly owned 
Tax effect 

Total  

 Year to 30 December 2010 

 Year to 30 December 2009 

Note 
16d 
16e 

Revaluation 
movements 
£m 
28.4 
1.4 
(0.2) 
– 

Profit/(loss) 
on disposal 
£m 
5.0 
(0.3) 
(0.2) 
(1.3) 

Movement 
in fair value 
of financial 
instruments 
£m 
(1.4) 
3.2 
(1.2) 
(0.7) 

Revaluation 
movements 
£m 
(95.2) 
(10.4) 
(2.8) 
– 

10a 

29.6 

3.2 

(0.1) 

(108.4) 

Movement 
in fair value 
of financial 
instruments 
£m
(0.2)
(0.8)
1.3
(1.2)

(0.9)

Loss on 
disposal 
£m 
(9.2) 
– 
(0.2) 
– 

(9.4) 

62

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

63

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the financial statements continued

For the year to 30 December 2010

11  Property assets 
11a Wholly owned properties

Cost or valuation 
At 30 December 2008 
Impairment of trading properties 
Revaluation movement 
Head leases treated as finance leases 
Transfer to properties held for sale 

At 30 December 2009 
Impairment reversal of trading properties 
Revaluation movement 

At 30 December 2010 

Freehold 
investment 
properties 
£m 

Leasehold 
investment 
properties 
£m 

Sub-total 
investment 
properties 
£m 

0.2  
–  
– 
–  
– 

0.2 
–  
– 

0.2 

15.1 
–  
(2.7) 
–  
(2.4) 

10.0 
–  
(0.2) 

9.8 

15.3  
–  
(2.7) 
– 
(2.4) 

10.2  
–  
(0.2)  

10.0  

Note 

4, 26  
7a, 26  

11b  

4, 26  
7a, 26  

Long 
leasehold 
owner- 
occupied 
property 
£m 

10.8  
– 
(0.1)  
0.4  
(11.1)  

– 
– 
–  

– 

Freehold 
trading 
properties 
£m 

Total 
property 
assets 
£m

72.8  
(2.1) 
– 
– 
– 

70.7 
0.1 
– 

70.8 

98.9
(2.1)
(2.8)
0.4
(13.5)

80.9
0.1
(0.2)

80.8

The Group did not have any wholly owned development property in either the current year or the preceding year. The Group has pledged 
land and buildings with a carrying amount of £80.6 million (2009: £91.8 million) to secure banking facilities granted to the Group, including 
amounts relating to trading properties of £70.8 million (2009: £70.7 million). Those banking facilities restrict the remittance of income from the 
properties elsewhere in the Group. 

11b  Properties held for sale

Cost or valuation 
At 30 December 2008 
Transfer from wholly owned properties 

At 30 December 2009 
Disposals 

At 30 December 2010 

Note 

11a 

11c 

Leasehold  Long leasehold 
investment  owner-occupied 
property 
£m 

property 
£m 

Total 
properties 
held for sale 
£m

–  
2.4 

2.4 
(2.4) 

–  

–  
11.1 

11.1 
(11.1) 

–  

–
13.5

13.5
(13.5)

–

On 2 March 2010 the sale of the Group’s owner-occupied leasehold property completed for a sale price after transaction costs of £10.4 million. 
The proceeds were used to pay down the floating rate debt of £7.4 million secured on the property. The disposal included £0.8 million 
representing the value of the head lease. There was no profit or loss on disposal as the property was valued at its fair value at 30 December 2009.

On 10 March 2010 the sale of the Group’s Beeston Place property completed for a sale price, after transaction costs, of £2.1 million. The disposal 
included £0.2 million representing the value of the head lease. There was no profit or loss on disposal as the property was valued at its fair value 
at 30 December 2009.

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

:

3

64

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

65

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
11c  Property assets

Wholly owned 
Investment properties at fair value 
Held for sale properties at fair value 
Head leases treated as finance leases on held for sale properties 
Trading properties at the lower of cost and net realisable value 
Unamortised tenant incentives on trading properties 

Joint ventures 
Investment properties at fair value 
Head leases treated as finance leases on investment properties 
Unamortised tenant incentives on investment properties 
Held for sale properties at fair value 

Associates 
Investment properties at fair value 
Head leases treated as finance leases on investment properties 
Unamortised tenant incentives on investment properties 
Held for sale properties at fair value 

  30 December 
2010 
Valuation 
£m 

Note 

30 December 
2009 
Valuation 
£m

11b 
11b 

16e 

10.0 
– 
– 
72.0 
(1.2) 

80.8 

546.7 
– 
(5.8) 
– 

540.9 

2,217.5 
84.8 
(49.3) 
50.0 

16d 

2,303.0 

10.2
12.5
1.0
72.0
(1.3)

94.4

644.8
3.5
(8.1)
3.0

643.2

2,407.9
100.7
(53.7)
–

2,454.9

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

:

3

External valuations at 30 December 2010 were carried out on £2,760.5 million (2009: £3,133.4 million) of the property assets held by the Group 
and its associates and joint ventures, of which the Group’s share was £670.0 million (2009: £750.5 million). 

The valuations were carried out by independent qualified professional valuers from CB Richard Ellis Limited, Cushman & Wakefield LLP, DTZ 
Debenham Tie Leung Limited, Jones Lang LaSalle Limited and King Sturge LLP. These valuers are not connected with the Group and their fees 
are charged on a fixed basis that is not dependent on the outcome of the valuations. The valuations, which conform to International Valuation 
Standards, were arrived at by reference to market evidence of transaction prices for similar properties.

Directors’ valuations at 30 December 2010 were carried out on £135.7 million (2009: £12.7 million) of an associate’s property assets, of which  
the Group’s share was £27.3 million (2009: £12.7 million). The valuations were carried out by Kenneth Ford BSc FRICS and were arrived at by 
reference to market evidence of transaction prices for similar properties. 

11d Loss on sale of properties and investments

Loss on sale of MEN Arena joint venture 
Profit on sale of Cardiff joint venture 
Other write-downs, impairments and release of provisions 

Note 
26, 31 

Year to 
  30 December 
2010 
£m 
(0.2) 
– 
– 

Year to 
30 December 
2009 
£m
–
0.5
(0.7)

(0.2) 

(0.2)

64

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

65

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the financial statements continued

For the year to 30 December 2010

12   Goodwill

At the start of the year 
Provision for impairment 

At the end of the year 

Note 

  30 December 
2010 
£m 
2.6 
(0.7) 

30 December 
2009 
£m
4.2
(1.6)

  2a, 7a, 10a, 26 

1.9 

2.6

The goodwill carried in the Group balance sheet relates to the management contracts for the X-Leisure fund held by the Group’s X-Leisure 
Limited joint venture. The management contracts are co-terminus with the life of the X-Leisure fund. The goodwill is tested annually for 
impairment or more frequently if there are indications that it might be impaired. An impairment review was carried out at 30 December 2010  
to calculate the recoverable amount of the goodwill based on its value in use, derived from the forecast cash flows generated by the 
management contracts. 

The following key assumptions were applied to the forecast cash flows: (i) the pre-tax rate used to discount the expected cash flows is 11.2%;  
(ii) management fees receivable are in line with the asset management contract, including both a fixed element and a variable amount 
dependent on the growth in net operating income of the X-Leisure fund; (iii) Fixed and variable administration costs, are assumed to grow by 
2.4% per annum beyond the four-year period modelled in the Group’s forecasts; (iv) a performance fee is received on the expiry of the fund 
based on current forecasts of performance; and (v) the expiry date of the X-Leisure fund is 31 December 2014, with a 50% chance that the life  
of the fund will be extended to 31 December 2021. If the termination date of the fund were to be the initial expiry date of 31 December 2014, 
there would be an additional impairment of £0.3 million in the year.

13   Other non-current assets 
13a Plant and equipment

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

:

3

Cost or valuation 
At the start of the year 
Additions 
Disposals 

At the end of the year 

Depreciation 
At the start of the year 
Provided for the year 
Released on disposal 

At the end of the year 

Carrying amount 

At the end of the year 

  30 December 
2010 
£m 

Note 

30 December 
2009 
£m

4.4 
0.5 
(2.2) 

2.7 

(3.4) 
(0.5) 
2.1 

(1.8) 

4.3
0.1
–

4.4

(3.0)
(0.4)
–

(3.4)

0.9 

1.0

7a, 26 

66

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

67

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
13b Available for sale investments

Fair value
At the start of the year 
Increase in fair value 

At the end of the year 

  30 December 
2010 
£m 

Note 

30 December 
2009 
£m

0.3 
– 

0.3 

0.2
0.1

0.3

22a, 22e 

Available for sale investments comprises of £290,175 (2009: £256,000) representing a 0.3% interest in units of the Paddington Central II and III 
Unit Trusts, and £10,000 (2009: £10,000) representing a 49.99% interest in Bestpark Investments Limited, which is treated as an investment as 
the Group does not exercise significant influence or control over the entity.

14  Non-current receivables

Financial assets
Loans to joint ventures 

Non-financial assets
Prepayments 

  30 December 
2010 
£m 

Note 

30 December 
2009 
£m

36 

22a, 22e 

24.7 

24.7 

1.2 

25.9 

23.8

23.8

1.2

25.0

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

:

3

Interest is payable on loans to joint ventures at normal commercial rates. The Group has pledged loans to joint ventures with a carrying amount 
of £14.6 million (2009: £15.2 million) to secure banking facilities granted to the Group.

15  Subsidiaries

A list of the significant investments in subsidiaries, including the name, country of incorporation, and proportion of ownership interest is given 
in note I to the Company financial statements.

The terms of the Group’s central borrowing facility may restrict the ability of Capital & Regional Holdings Limited and its subsidiaries to make 
cash distributions or repay loans and advances to the Company or elsewhere in the Group if they would thereby cause a default on the facility.

The terms of the borrowing facilities for the Great Northern and Hemel Hempstead properties include cash sweeps that restrict the ability of 
Morrison Merlin Limited and Capital & Regional Hemel Hempstead (Jersey) Limited to make cash distributions or repay loans and advances to 
the Company or elsewhere in the Group as disclosed in note 18.

16  Investment in associates and joint ventures 
16a Share of results

Share of results of associates 
Dilution effect of The Junction open offer 
Dilution effect of X-Leisure open offer 

Share of results of joint ventures 

Note 

Year to 
  30 December 
2010 
£m 
38.4 
– 
– 

16b  
16c 

26 

38.4 
6.8 

45.2 

Year to 
30 December 
2009 
£m
(96.2)
(2.8)
(4.4)

(103.4)
(3.4)

(106.8)

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

67

66

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

:

3

Notes to the financial statements continued

For the year to 30 December 2010

16b Investment in associates

At the start of the year 
Investment in associates 
Share of results of associates 
Impairments 
Dividends and capital distributions received 

At the end of the year 

The Group’s associates are:

The Mall Limited Partnership 
The Junction Limited Partnership 
X-Leisure Limited Partnership 
The FIX UK Limited Partnership 
Garigal Asset Management GmbH (“Garigal”) 
Euro B-Note Holding Limited 

  30 December 
2010 
£m 
76.4  
2.7 
38.4 
(0.4) 
(6.3) 

30 December 
2009 
£m
182.3 
4.6
(103.4)
(0.4)
(6.7)

Note 

16a, 16d 

36 

16d  

110.8 

76.4

  Group interest

Average 
during 
the year 
% 
16.72 
13.29 
11.93 
20.00 
30.06 
49.90 

At the end 
of the year 
%
16.72
13.29
11.93
20.00
30.06
49.90

At the start 
of the year 
% 
16.72 
13.21 
11.93 
20.00 
– 
– 

Whilst the Group holds less than 20% in The Mall Limited Partnership, The Junction Limited Partnership and X-Leisure Limited Partnership, they 
are accounted for as associates as the Group has significant influence arising from its representation on the General Partner boards. The Group 
holds 20% of The FIX UK Limited Partnership and exercises significant influence through its representation on the General Partner board and 
holds 30.06% of Garigal and exercises significant influence through its representation on the advisory board. The Group holds  
an effective 49.90% of Euro B-Note Holding Limited and exercises significant influence through its ownership interest.

The Mall Limited Partnership
On 21 July 2010, The Mall completed a restructuring of its borrowing arrangements. Unitholders agreed to an extension of the life of the fund 
from June 2012 to June 2017, whilst bondholders agreed to an extension of the maturity of the Secured Floating Rate Notes from April 2014  
to April 2017. The Intercompany Loan from the funding entity to The Mall Limited Partnership, which represents the effective maturity of the 
borrowing from the fund’s perspective, was also extended from April 2012 to April 2015. 

The key elements of the restructuring were:

•	 an increase in the margin payable on the Notes from 0.18% to 0.68% with effect from April 2011; As a result of amendments to the fund’s 

hedging instruments, the interest rate payable on the bonds over the period to 2015 will, for most of the period be below 5%;

•	 mandatory amortisation of the Intercompany Loan to £800 million by December 2012 and £600 million by December 2014; Following the 
repayments during the year, the amount outstanding of £827.7 million at 30 December 2010 is already close to the initial target well in 
advance of the due date;

•	 the introduction of an 83% LTV covenant from December 2011, reducing in stages to 65% in December 2014;

•	 a suspension of the current release price mechanism until LTV is below 60% and debt less than £600 million, which will allow the sale  

of properties where the proceeds would be below the historically determined release price; and

•	 the restriction of distributions until LTV is below 60% and debt less than £600 million.

A contribution of £155 million was also made from the fund’s cash reserves, with £50 million used to repay existing debt, £85 million  
set aside for leasing incentives, capital expenditure and working capital requirements, and £20 million covering the costs of the transaction, 
including swap breakage costs and consent solicitation fees.

68

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

69

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
16b Investment in associates continued

The Junction Limited Partnership
Under the terms of The Junction Limited Partnership fund’s open offer in 2009 the Group’s share fell to 13.44% and adjustments could be  
made to the price at which new units were issued to reflect the recoverability of debtors and the expected costs of certain remedial works.  
An impairment of £0.4 million had been made at 30 December 2009 to reflect the expected impact of these adjustments, at which level the 
Group’s share in the fund would have been reduced to 13.21%. At 30 December 2010, the expected impact of these adjustments would mean 
the Group’s share in the fund would be reduced to 13.29%, resulting in a reversal of £0.2 million of the prior year impairment charge. The 
adjustment includes the effect of backdating the changed ownership percentage to May 2009.

X-Leisure Limited Partnership
As disclosed in note 35, Hermes sold their investments in X-Leisure and X-Leisure Limited to AREA on 18 March 2011 which resulted in 
amendments to management contracts but has no material impact on the Group.

The FIX UK Limited Partnership
The fund was at risk of breaching its LTV covenant early in the year but on 22 January 2010 agreed a refinancing package with its banks that 
included an LTV waiver until September 2011. The value of the Group’s investment in FIX UK was £nil in 2009 but a further equity contribution of 
£1.1 million in 2010, that was part of the refinancing package, together with the profit generated by FIX UK in the year, mean it is now included 
at a value of £1.0 million. The unrecognised share of losses at the end of the year was £nil (2009: £0.6 million).

Garigal Asset Management GmbH
As disclosed in note 29, the 30.06% share in Garigal was purchased on 10 August 2010 and the Group’s share of its results is included from that 
date, along with the goodwill arising from the investment in associate. Performance fees that could potentially be earned by Garigal in future 
are disclosed in note 35.

Euro B-Note Holding Limited
As disclosed in note 30, the effective 49.90% share in Euro B-Note Holding Limited was purchased on 22 December 2010 for €1.9 million  
(£1.6 million) and the Group’s share of its results is included from that date.

Cash distributions
The borrowing arrangements of The Mall, The Junction, X-Leisure and FIX UK include certain terms including cash sweeps that may restrict their 
ability to make cash distributions to the Group as follows:

•	 The Mall is unable to make distributions as long as its LTV is above 60% and its debt above £600 million.

•	 The Junction is able to make distributions and made a distribution to the Group of £5.6 million during the year because its LTV is below 65%.

•	 X-Leisure is able to make distributions and made a distribution to the Group of £0.7 million during the year because its LTV is below 65%.

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

:

3

•	 FIX UK is unable to make distributions until the expiry of its loans in February 2013.

16c  Investment in joint ventures

At the start of the year 
Investment in joint ventures 
Share buy backs from joint ventures 
Net liabilities of Cardiff joint venture disposed of 
Net assets of MEN Arena joint venture disposed of 
Dividends and capital distributions receivable 
Share of results of joint ventures 
Foreign exchange differences 

At the end of the year 

68

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

Note 

31 
36 
16a, 16e 

  30 December 
2010 
£m 
30.3 
– 
(0.6) 
– 
(5.9) 
(3.4) 
6.8 
(1.5) 

30 December 
2009 
£m
34.4 
2.1
–
0.5
–
(0.7)
(3.4)
(2.6)

16e  

25.7 

30.3

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

69

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the financial statements continued

For the year to 30 December 2010

16c  Investment in joint ventures continued

The Group’s significant joint ventures are:

German portfolio 
X-Leisure Limited  
Xscape Braehead Partnership 
The Auchinlea Partnership 
Manchester Arena Complex Limited Partnership 

  Group interest

Average 
during 
the year 
% 
50.00 
50.00 
50.00 
50.00 
30.00 

At the end 
of the year 
%
50.00
50.00
50.00
50.00
–

At the start 
of the year 
% 
50.00 
50.00 
50.00 
50.00 
30.00 

The Group’s share in the German portfolio is 49.6% (2009: 48.8%) but it is accounted for as 50% as the minority interests are included as a 
liability on the joint venture balance sheet. During the year the German portfolio bought out 1.6% of the minority interests for £1.0 million  
from existing cash reserves, with the impact on the Group being an increase in the share of the German portfolio of 0.8%. 

German portfolio
During 2010, two loans were refinanced. The first was a €46.5 million facility with Bank of Scotland which has been extended to December 2013 
at a lower principal amount of €40 million, as the proceeds of two disposals were used to pay off the remainder of the debt. The second was a 
€65 million facility with Eurohypo comprising two loans which were extended to December 2013. 

The main focus is now on the refinancing of a €164 million debt in one of the German portfolios which matures in July 2011. The debt is made up of 
€146 million of senior debt which is held in an Irish securitisation vehicle, and €18 million of junior debt which was acquired by the Group and the 
German joint venture partner shortly before year end at a discount reducing the refinancing risk as disclosed in note 30. 

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

:

3

All LTV and ICR covenants on the German debt portfolios were met at 30 December 2010, however the LTV on the debt maturing in July 2011  
is expected to be breached when a formal valuation is called as part of the refinancing arrangements but the expectation is that this will be 
simultaneously waived as part of the refinancing agreement. 

During the year the German portfolio made distributions to the Group of £3.1 million.

X-Leisure Limited
As disclosed in note 35, Hermes sold their investments in X-Leisure and X-Leisure Limited to AREA on 18 March 2011 which resulted in 
amendments to management contracts but has no material impact on the Group. Performance fees that could potentially be earned by 
X-Leisure Limited in future are disclosed in note 36.

During the year X-Leisure Limited made distributions to the Group of £0.3 million.

Xscape Braehead Partnership
The debt breached its LTV covenant in February 2010 and in April 2010, the Group and its joint venture partner agreed a refinancing of the loan 
by injecting funds which, together with cash already held in the partnership, reduced the debt to £45.6 million. The bank agreed to a standstill 
on the LTV breach prior to the refinancing being agreed. The terms of the loan were also renegotiated which increased the margin from 1% to 2% 
which will be rolled up for payment in March 2012. 

The Auchinlea Partnership
The Auchinlea Partnership held the Group’s interest in Glasgow Fort. Since the sale of this interest in 2004 the Group has received a total of  
£8.6 million further profit from its remaining interest in the joint venture. Further profits were potentially receivable, largely dependent on 
planning consent being obtained for future phases of the development and the letting of units at above target rents. The Group has also given 
certain rental guarantees for a five-year period and has made provision for the amounts which are expected to be paid in respect of these. The 
Group’s share of the fair value of the right to receive these future profits at 30 December 2010 is £nil (2009: £nil), as the necessary development 
did not take place in the timescale provided.

Manchester Arena Complex Limited Partnership
As disclosed in note 31, the 30% investment in Manchester Arena Complex Limited Partnership, which owned the MEN Arena investment 
property, was sold on 15 June 2010 and the Group’s share of its results is included up to that date.

70

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

71

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
16d Analysis of investment in associates

Note 

The Mall 
£m 

The Junction 
£m 

X-Leisure 
£m 

Income statement (100%) 
Revenue – gross rent 
Property and management expenses 
Void costs 

Net rent 
Net interest payable 

Contribution 
Revenue – management fees 
Management expenses 
Revaluation of investment properties 
Profit/(loss) on sale of investment properties 
Loan renegotiation costs 
Fair value of interest rate swaps 

Profit/(loss) for the year 

Balance sheet (100%) 
Investment properties 
Investment properties held for sale 
Other assets 
Current liabilities 
Non-current liabilities 

Net assets (100%) 

Income statement (Group share) 
Revenue – gross rent 
Property and management expenses 
Void costs 

Net rent 
Net interest payable 

Contribution 
Revenue – management fees 
Management expenses 
Deemed disposal 
Revaluation of investment properties 
Profit/(loss) on sale of investment properties 
Loan renegotiation costs 
Fair value of interest rate swaps 
Gain recognised on investment in Garigal 

Profit/(loss) for the year 

Balance sheet (Group share) 
Investment properties 
Investment properties held for sale 
Other assets 
Current liabilities 
Non-current liabilities 

C&R accounting policy adjustment 
Impairment 

11c 
11c 

2a 

2a 

2a 
10b 
10b 

10b 
29 

16b 

Net assets (Group share) 

16b 

114.6 
(22.4) 
(7.5) 

84.7 
(60.0) 

24.7 
– 
– 
105.5 
18.0 
– 
(1.2) 

147.0 

1,139.0 
50.0 
160.4 
(106.6) 
(898.6) 

344.2 

19.5 
(3.8) 
(1.3) 

14.4 
(10.0) 

4.4 
– 
– 
– 
17.6 
3.0 
– 
(0.2) 
– 

24.8 

190.4 
8.4 
26.8 
(17.8) 
(150.2) 

57.6 
– 
– 

57.6 

30.3 
(2.7) 
(1.1) 

26.5 
(25.7) 

0.8 
– 
– 
23.4 
14.0 
– 
(10.6) 

27.6 

458.9 
– 
48.9 
(38.6) 
(290.2) 

179.0 

4.0 
(0.4) 
(0.1) 

3.5 
(3.4) 

0.1 
– 
– 
– 
3.1 
1.8 
– 
(1.4) 
– 

3.6 

61.0 
– 
6.5 
(5.1) 
(38.6) 

23.8 
– 
– 

23.8 

42.3 
(7.8) 
(1.7) 

32.8 
(23.0) 

9.8 
– 
– 
68.3 
1.5 
– 
(8.5) 

71.1 

520.6 
– 
40.9 
(47.2) 
(296.4) 

217.9 

5.1 
(1.0) 
(0.2) 

3.9 
(2.7) 

1.2 
– 
– 
– 
8.1 
0.2 
– 
(1.0) 
– 

8.5 

62.1 
– 
4.9 
(5.6) 
(35.4) 

26.0 
– 
– 

26.0 

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

:

3

Year to 
  30 December 
2010 
Total 
£m 

Others 
£m 

Year to  
30 December 
2009 
Total 
£m

10.6 
(1.1) 
– 

9.5 
(10.3) 

(0.8) 
0.9 
(0.8) 
(2.8) 
– 
– 
6.6 

3.1 

197.8 
(34.0) 
(10.3) 

153.5 
(119.0) 

34.5 
0.9 
(0.8) 
194.4 
33.5 
– 
(13.7) 

248.8 

247.7
(48.9)
(11.1)

187.7
(133.0)

54.7
–
–
(458.3)
(54.3)
(4.6)
5.4

(457.1)

134.5 
– 
14.1 
(11.0) 
(126.0) 

11.6 

2,253.0 
50.0 
264.3 
(203.4) 
(1,611.2) 

2,454.9
–
400.9
(251.8)
(2,060.7)

752.7 

543.3

2.0 
(0.2) 
– 

1.8 
(2.0) 

(0.2) 
0.3 
(0.3) 
– 
(0.4) 
– 
– 
1.2 
0.9 

1.5 

26.9 
– 
4.2 
(2.5) 
(25.2) 

3.4 
– 
– 

3.4 

30.6 
(5.4) 
(1.6) 

23.6 
(18.1) 

5.5 
0.3 
(0.3) 
– 
28.4 
5.0 
– 
(1.4) 
0.9 

38.4 

340.4 
8.4 
42.4 
(31.0) 
(249.4) 

110.8 
– 
– 

110.8 

41.8
(8.3)
(1.8)

31.7
(22.5)

9.2
–
–
(7.2)
(95.2)
(9.2)
(0.8)
(0.2)
–

(103.4)

367.8
–
62.7
(38.0)
(315.4)

77.1
(0.3)
(0.4)

76.4

70

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

71

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the financial statements continued

For the year to 30 December 2010

16e Analysis of investment in joint ventures

Income statement (100%) 
Revenue – gross rent 
Property and management expenses 
Void costs 

Net rent 
Net interest payable 

Contribution 
Revenue – management fees 
Management expenses 
Revaluation of investment properties 
(Loss)/profit on sale of investment properties 
Fair value movements of financial assets 
Write-off of SNO!zone tenant incentives 
Fair value of interest rate swaps 

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

:

3

Profit/(loss) before tax 
Tax 

Profit/(loss) after tax 

Balance sheet (100%) 
Investment properties 
Investment properties held for sale 
Current assets 
Current liabilities 
Non-current liabilities 

Net assets (100%) 

Income statement (Group share) 
Revenue – gross rent 
Property and management expenses 
Void costs 

Net rent 
Net interest payable 

Contribution 
Revenue – management fees 
Management expenses 
Revaluation of investment properties 
(Loss)/profit on sale of investment properties 
Fair value movements of financial assets 
Write-off of SNO!zone tenant incentives 
Fair value of interest rate swaps 
C&R accounting policy adjustment 

Profit/(loss) before tax 
Tax 

Profit/(loss) after tax 

Balance sheet (Group share) 
Investment properties 
Investment properties held for sale 
Current assets 
Current liabilities 
Non-current liabilities 

C&R accounting policy adjustment 

Net assets (Group share) 

72

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

German 
portfolio 
£m 

Note 

Year to 
  30 December 
2010 
Total 
£m 

Others 
£m 

Year to 
30 December 
2009 
Total 
£m

38.0 
(6.6) 
(0.2) 

31.2 
(21.1) 

10.1 
– 
– 
0.4 
(1.1) 
– 
– 
5.3 

14.7 
(3.7) 

11.0 

495.7 
– 
22.8 
(165.9) 
(287.2) 

65.4 

19.0 
(3.3) 
(0.1) 

15.6 
(10.5) 

5.1 
– 
– 
0.2 
(0.6) 
– 
– 
2.6 
– 

7.3 
(1.9) 

5.4 

247.9 
– 
11.4 
(82.9) 
(143.7) 

32.7 
– 

32.7 

6.2 
(1.4) 
– 

4.8 
(5.0) 

(0.2) 
4.7 
(3.5) 
3.4 
0.5 
– 
(2.1) 
1.4 

4.2 
(0.4) 

3.8 

45.2 
– 
13.8 
(7.8) 
(65.5) 

(14.3) 

2.6 
(0.4) 
– 

2.2 
(2.3) 

(0.1) 
2.4 
(1.8) 
1.2 
0.3 
– 
(1.0) 
0.6 
– 

1.6 
(0.2) 

1.4 

22.6 
– 
6.9 
(3.9) 
(32.6) 

(7.0) 
– 

(7.0) 

44.2 
(8.0) 
(0.2) 

36.0 
(26.1) 

9.9 
4.7 
(3.5) 
3.8 
(0.6) 
– 
(2.1) 
6.7 

18.9 
(4.1) 

14.8 

540.9 
– 
36.6 
(173.7) 
(352.7) 

51.1 

21.6 
(3.7) 
(0.1) 

17.8 
(12.8) 

5.0 
2.4 
(1.8) 
1.4 
(0.3) 
– 
(1.0) 
3.2 
– 

8.9 
(2.1) 

6.8 

270.5 
– 
18.3 
(86.8) 
(176.3) 

25.7 
– 

25.7 

50.5 
(7.2)
(0.9)

42.4 
(29.9)

12.5 
1.7
(1.3)
(18.5)
(0.1)
(0.2)
–
(1.3)

(7.2)
2.5 

(4.7)

640.2 
3.0 
42.5 
(37.4)
(581.4)

66.9

24.1 
(3.4)
(0.4)

20.3 
(14.3)

6.0 
0.9
(0.7)
(10.4)
–
(0.1)
–
(0.8)
0.5 

(4.6)
1.2

(3.4)

307.4 
1.5 
19.4 
(17.2)
(281.3)

29.8
0.5 

30.3 

11c 
11c 

2a 

2a 

10b 
10b 

10b 

16c 

16c 

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

73

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
17  Current receivables

Financial assets 
Trade receivables 
Amounts owed by associates 
Amounts owed by joint ventures 
Other receivables 
Accrued income 

Non-derivative financial assets 
Financial assets carried at fair value through the profit or loss – Foreign exchange forward contracts 

22a, 22e 
22a, 22e, 22f 

Non-financial assets 
Prepayments 

  30 December 
2010 
£m 

Note 

30 December 
2009 
£m

36 
36 

1.7 
1.4 
0.2 
0.9 
0.6 

4.8 
0.6 

5.4 

1.7 

7.1 

1.5
0.7
0.6
2.0
0.3

5.1
–

5.1

1.8

6.9

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

:

3

Trade receivables largely comprise amounts owed by tenants of the Group’s wholly owned properties. Before accepting a new tenant, a review 
of its creditworthiness is carried out using an external credit scoring system and other publicly available financial information. Included in the 
trade receivables balance are debtors with a carrying amount of £2.3 million (2009: £4.8 million) which are past due at the reporting date for 
which the Group has not provided, as there has not been a significant change in credit quality and the amounts are still considered recoverable. 
The Group holds collateral of £0.2 million (2009: £0.2 million) over trade receivables as security deposits held in rent accounts. The average age 
of trade receivables is 31 days (2009: 63 days).

Analysis of non-derivative current financial assets 
Not past due 
Past due but not individually impaired: 
– Less than one month 
– One to three months 
– Three to six months 
– Over six months 

Allowances for doubtful receivables 
At the start of the year 
Additional allowances created 
Utilised during the year 

At the end of the year 

18  Cash and cash equivalents

Cash at bank 
Security deposits held in rent accounts 
Other restricted balances 

  30 December 
2010 
£m 

30 December 
2009 
£m

2.5 

1.2 
0.3 
– 
0.8 

4.8 

0.3

2.7
0.2
1.0
0.9

5.1

  30 December 
2010 
£m 

30 December 
2009 
£m

0.8 
0.1 
(0.1) 

0.8 

0.2
0.6
–

0.8

Note 

  30 December 
2010 
£m 
23.0 
0.2 
2.5 

30 December 
2009 
£m
15.4
0.2
1.9

22a, 22e 

25.7 

17.5

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

73

72

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the financial statements continued

For the year to 30 December 2010

18  Cash and cash equivalents continued

Other restricted balances include amounts subject to a charge against various borrowings and may therefore not be available for general use by  
the Group.

The analysis of cash and cash equivalents by currency is as follows:

Sterling 
Euro   

19  Current payables

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

:

3

Financial liabilities 
Trade payables 
Accruals 
Payable to associates 
Financial liabilities carried at fair value through profit or loss: 
– Foreign exchange forward contracts 
Other payables 

Non-financial liabilities 
Deferred income 
Other taxation and social security  

  30 December 
2010 
£m 
25.2 
0.5 

30 December 
2009 
£m
16.6
0.9

25.7 

17.5

  30 December 
2010 
£m 

Note 

30 December 
2009 
(restated) 
£m

22a, 22e 
22a, 22e 
22a, 22e, 36 

22a, 22f 
22a, 22e 

0.2 
2.0 
0.7 

– 
3.4 

6.3 

3.4 
1.2 

10.9 

2.1
5.9
2.7

1.4
3.9

16.0

3.2
1.4

20.6

The average age of trade payables is 30 days (2009: 53 days) and no amounts incur interest (2009: £nil).

As disclosed in note 1 the financial liability of £3.4 million at 30 December 2009 related to the interest rate swap has been reclassified from 
current payables to non-current payables in note 20 as it has a maturity of more than twelve months from the balance sheet date and it is not 
intended to be settled within one year.

20  Non-current payables

Financial liabilities 
Accruals 
Financial liabilities carried at fair value through profit or loss: 
– Interest rate swaps 

Non-financial liabilities
Other payables 

  30 December 
2010 
£m 

Note 

30 December 
2009 
(restated) 
£m

22a, 22e 

22a, 22f 

0.3 

4.5 

4.8 

– 

4.8 

–

3.4

3.4

2.2 

5.6

The liability of £1.9 million (2009 liability: £2.2 million) representing unamortised tenant incentives relating to the SNO!zone Braehead lease 

was written back during the year. The restatement of non-current payables at 30 December 2009 is explained in note 19.

74

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

75

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
21  Borrowings 
21a Summary of borrowings

The Group generally borrows on a secured basis and borrowings are arranged to ensure an appropriate maturity profile and to maintain 
short-term liquidity. Short, medium and long-term funding is raised principally through revolving credit facilities from a range of banks and 
financial institutions. There were no defaults or other breaches of financial covenants that were not waived under any of the Group’s borrowings 
during the current year or the preceding year.

Borrowings at amortised cost 
Secured 
Fixed and swapped bank loans 
Variable rate bank loans 

Total borrowings before costs 
Unamortised issue costs 

Total borrowings after costs 

Analysis of total borrowings after costs 
Current 
Non-current 

Total borrowings after costs 

  30 December 
2010 
£m 

Note 

30 December 
2009 
£m

21d 
21d 

21b, 22f 

22a 
22a 

60.8 
9.7 

70.5 
(1.1) 

69.4 

0.6 
68.8 

69.4 

61.5
18.9

80.4
(1.6)

78.8

0.2
78.6

78.8

Borrowings financing certain wholly owned properties are secured by charges on those properties, which are carried at £80.6 million  
(2009: £91.8 million) as disclosed in note 11a. The Group’s central borrowing facility is secured by charges over the units the Group holds in  
The Mall, The Junction and X-Leisure funds carried at £107.4 million (£2009: £76.4 million), charges over certain holdings in and loans to the 
German joint venture carried at £42.0 million (2009: £37.2 million), and guarantees by the Company.

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

:

3

21b  Maturity of borrowings

From two to five years 
From one to two years 

Due after more than one year 
Current 

21c  Undrawn committed facilities

Expiring between two and five years 

Note 

  30 December 
2010 
£m 
63.6 
5.9 

30 December 
2009 
£m
72.5
7.2

69.5 
1.0 

70.5 

79.7
0.7

80.4

21a 

  30 December 
2010 
£m 
58.0 

30 December 
2009 
£m
58.0 

The undrawn amount represents the balance on the Group’s central revolving credit facility. Under the terms of the loan covenants, as disclosed 
in note 22e, £58.0 million (2009: £58.0 million) was actually available for drawdown at year end. The Articles of the Company also restrict 
borrowing but this did not limit the amount available for drawdown on the facility during the current year or the preceding year.

74

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

75

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the financial statements continued

For the year to 30 December 2010

21d Interest rate and currency profile of borrowings

Fixed and swapped rate borrowings 
6% to 7% 

Floating rate borrowings 

  30 December 
2010 
£m 

Note 

30 December 
2009 
£m

21a 
21a 

60.8 

60.8 
9.7 

70.5 

61.5

61.5
18.9

80.4

All loans are sterling denominated with the weighted average length of fix being 2.8 years (2009: 3.8 years). Floating rate borrowings bear 
interest based on three month LIBOR.

22  Financial instruments 
22a Overview

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

:

3

Capital risk management
The Group manages its capital to ensure that all entities in the Group will be able to continue as going concerns while maximising the returns to 
shareholders through the optimisation of the debt and equity balance. The overall strategy of reducing the Group’s levels of balance sheet and  
see-through debt remained unchanged from 2009. 

The capital structure of the Group consists of debt, which includes the borrowings disclosed in note 21a; cash and cash equivalents as disclosed 
in note 18; and equity attributable to equity holders of the parent, comprising issued share capital, reserves and retained earnings as disclosed 
in the Statement of changes in equity. For the purpose of calculating gearing ratios, debt is defined as long and short-term borrowings 
(excluding derivatives) excluding unamortised issue costs. Equity includes all capital and reserves of the Group attributable to equity holders  
of the Company.

The Group is not subject to externally imposed capital requirements. The Board reviews the capital structure and cost of capital on an annual 
basis but does not set specific targets for gearing ratios. The risks associated with each class of capital are also considered as part of the risk 
reviews presented to the Audit Committee and the Board. The Group has met its objectives for managing capital during 2010, with a reduction  
in its net debt to equity ratios largely as a result of property disposals.

Gearing ratios

Statutory 
Debt before unamortised issue costs 
Cash and cash equivalents 

Group net debt 
Cash adjustment1 

Adjusted group net debt 

Equity 
Debt to equity ratio 
Net debt to equity ratio 
Adjusted net debt to equity ratio 

  30 December 
2010 
£m 
70.5 
(25.7) 

Note 
21a 
18 

30 December 
2009 
£m
80.4
(17.5)

44.8 
5.0 

49.8 

62.9
–

62.9

174.5 

129.8

40% 
26% 
29% 

62%
48%
48%

76

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

77

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
22a Overview continued

See-through 
Debt before unamortised issue costs 
Cash and cash equivalents 

See-through net debt 
Cash adjustment1 
German debt adjustment2 

Adjusted see-through net debt 

Equity 
Debt to equity ratio 
Net debt to equity ratio 
Adjusted net debt to equity ratio 

Property assets – wholly owned 
Investment properties – associates 
Investment properties – joint ventures 

Property value 
Debt to property value ratio 
Net debt to property value ratio 
Adjusted net debt to property value ratio 

  30 December 
2010 
£m 
532.2 
(64.7) 

Note 
22f 

467.5 
5.0 
(7.8) 

464.7 

174.5 

305% 
268% 
266% 

80.8 
348.8 
270.5 

700.1 

76% 
67% 
66% 

11c 
16d 
16e 

30 December 
2009

(restated)3

£m
660.3
(76.4)

583.9
–
–

583.9

129.8

509%
450%
450%

94.4
367.8
308.9

771.1

86%
76%
76%

1 Cash adjustment for the £5.0 million tax payment made on 31 December 2010 related to current tax liabilities recorded at 30 December 2010 as disclosed in note 35

2 Debt adjustment for the Group’s share of the €18 million German junior debt acquired during the year as disclosed in note 16c

3  See-through debt before unamortised issues costs has been restated to include FIX UK as the Group’s investment is no longer impaired to £nil as it was in 2009.  

See-through cash and cash equivalents and the resulting ratios have been restated to be on a consistent basis with the current year 

Categories of financial assets/(liabilities)

Financial assets 
Investments 

Available for sale 
Loans to joint ventures 
Current receivables 
Cash and cash equivalents 

Loans and receivables 
Foreign exchange forward contracts  

Derivatives in effective hedges 
Financial liabilities 
Trade payables 
Accruals 
Payable to associates 
Other payables 
Liabilities relating to properties held for sale 
Current borrowings 
Non-current borrowings 

Liabilities at amortised cost 
Foreign exchange forward contracts  

Derivatives in effective hedges 
Interest rate swaps 

Liabilities at fair value held for trading 

Total financial (liabilities)/assets 

Note 

13b 

14,36 
17 
18 

17 

19 
19, 20 
19 
19 

21a 
21a 

19 

20 

Carrying  
value  
£m 

2010 
Gain/(loss) 
to income 
£m 

(Loss)/gain 
to equity 
£m 

Carrying 
value  
£m 

2009 
Gain/(loss) 
to income  
£m 

(Loss)/gain 
to equity 
£m

0.3 

0.3 
24.7 
4.8 
25.7 

55.2 
0.6 

0.6 

(0.2) 
(2.3) 
(0.7) 
(3.4) 
– 
(0.6) 
(68.8) 

(76.0) 
– 

– 
(4.5) 

(4.5) 

(24.4) 

– 

– 
1.1 
(0.1) 
0.1 

1.1 
(0.1) 

(0.1) 

– 
– 
– 
(0.3) 
– 
– 
(5.9) 

(6.2) 
– 

– 
(1.1) 

(1.1) 

(6.3) 

– 

– 
(1.1) 
– 
– 

(1.1) 
2.2 

2.2 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 

– 
– 

– 

0.3 

0.3  
23.8  
5.1  
17.5  

46.4  
– 

– 

(2.1) 
(5.9) 
(2.7) 
(3.9) 
(1.0) 
(0.2) 
(78.6) 

(94.4) 
(1.4) 

(1.4) 
(3.4) 

(3.4) 

1.1 

(52.5) 

0.1 

0.1  
1.2  
(0.6) 
0.1  

0.7  
– 

– 

– 
0.4  
– 
(0.1) 
– 
– 
(6.8) 

(6.5) 
0.1  

0.1  
(3.4) 

(3.4) 

(9.0) 

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

–

–
(1.7)
–
–

(1.7)
–

–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
3.9 

3.9 
–

–

2.2

77

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

:

3

76

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Notes to the financial statements continued

For the year to 30 December 2010

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

:

3

22a Overview continued

Significant accounting policies
Details of the significant accounting policies adopted in respect of each class of financial asset, financial liability and equity instrument, 
including the criteria for recognition, the basis of measurement and the basis on which income and expenses are recognised, are disclosed in 
the accounting policies in note 1.

Financial risk management objectives
Exposure to credit, interest rate and currency risks arise in the normal course of the Group’s business. The Group seeks to minimise the effect of 
these risks by using derivative financial instruments to manage exposure to fluctuations in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates.  
Such instruments are not employed for speculative purposes. The use of any derivatives is approved by the Board, which provides guidelines  
on the acceptable levels of interest rate risk, credit risk, foreign exchange risk and liquidity risk, and the ranges of hedging required against 
these risks.

22b Interest rate risk

The Group normally raises bank debt on a floating rate basis and fixes a substantial portion of the interest payments by entering into interest 
rate swaps. The Group’s objective in managing its interest rate risk is to ensure that it always maintains sufficient headroom to cover interest 
payments from anticipated cash flows and the directors regularly review the ratio of fixed to floating rate debt to assist this process. The Group 
is exposed to fair value risk from its fixed rate debt and interest rate risk from its floating rate debt, loans to joint ventures and cash. The Group 
does not hedge account its interest rate swaps and states them at fair value with changes in fair value included in the income statement.

The following table shows the remaining terms and other details of the Group’s interest rate swap contracts:

Two to five years 

  Average contract fixed rate 

Notional principal amount 

Fair value

  30 December 
2010 
% 
4.42 

30 December  30 December 
2010 
£m 
60.8 

2009 
% 
4.42 

30 December  30 December 
2010 
£m 
(4.5) 

2009 
£m 
61.5 

30 December 
2009 
£m
(3.4)

60.8 

61.5  

(4.5) 

(3.4)

Interest rate risk sensitivity analysis is determined by applying a change in interest rates to financial assets and financial liabilities at the 
balance sheet date. In order to be representative of the Group’s exposure to interest rate risk, financial liabilities include interest rate swaps held 
in associates and joint ventures. For floating rate liabilities, the analysis is prepared assuming the amount of liability outstanding at the balance 
sheet date was outstanding for the whole year. An increase/decrease of 1% in interest rates would have increased/decreased the Group’s annual 
profit before tax by £11.8 million (2009: £15.2 million) with no impact on other equity reserves (2009: £nil).

The Group’s sensitivity to interest rates has decreased during the current year as a result of the repayment of Group debt and debt held by  
joint ventures and associates. The termination of certain interest rate swaps in connection with these repayments of debt has also reduced  
the Group’s sensitivity to interest rates, as it holds fewer derivative contracts whose values are based on forecasts of future interest rates.

22c  Credit risk

The Group’s principal financial assets are loans to joint ventures, bank and cash balances, short-term deposits, trade and other receivables and 
investments. Credit risk, being the risk that a counterparty will default on its contractual obligations resulting in financial loss to the Group, is 
primarily attributable to loans to joint ventures, and trade and other receivables, which are principally amounts due from associates and joint 
ventures. As a result there is a concentration of credit risk arising from the Group’s exposure to these associates and joint ventures but the Group 
does not consider this risk to be material as it is mitigated by the significant influence that it is able to exercise through its holdings and 
management responsibilities in relation to those associates and joint ventures.

The credit risk on short-term deposits and derivative financial instruments is limited because the counterparties are banks with high credit 
ratings assigned by international credit-rating agencies. The Group is not exposed to significant credit risk on its other financial assets.

78

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

79

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
22d Foreign exchange risk

The Group has investments in and loans to a number of joint ventures with property investments in Germany which have the euro as their 
functional currency, and is therefore exposed to exchange rate fluctuations. The Group has designated one (2009: one) forward foreign exchange 
contract as a hedge of its net investment in these German joint ventures, selling €47.0 million (2009: €47.0 million) at a fixed exchange rate of 
0.87489 (2009: 0.87505). In 2010 the ineffective portion of the hedge resulted in a charge of £0.1 million (2009: income of £0.2 million) to the 
income statement. As disclosed in note 35, this hedge was extended in January 2011 until June 2012.

Only the spot element of the forward foreign exchange contracts is designated as the hedging instrument, determined as the undiscounted 
difference between the spot rate on the trade date and the spot rate on the revaluation date applied to the notional. The unhedged forward 
element of the fair value is determined as the total fair value less the spot element. Changes in the forward element of the fair value are reported 
through the income statement as finance income or finance costs as appropriate. During the year, this change in the unhedged element of the 
fair value was £nil (2009: loss of £0.1 million) as disclosed in note 6.

Foreign currency risk sensitivity analysis is determined by applying a change in foreign currency rates to outstanding foreign currency 
denominated items at the reporting date. The following table details the Group’s sensitivity to a 10% change in foreign currency rates, where  
a positive number indicates a decrease in loss before tax or increase in other equity reserves. The Group’s sensitivity to foreign currency 
movements has increased during the current year following the changes to the hedge mentioned above.

10% strengthening in sterling against the euro 
Increase in profit before tax (2009: decrease in loss before tax) 
Increase in other equity reserves 
10% strengthening in the euro against sterling 
Decrease in profit before tax (2009: increase in loss before tax) 
Decrease in other equity reserves 

22e Liquidity risk

Year to 
  30 December 
2010 
£m 

Year to 
30 December 
2009 
£m

(0.2) 
2.7 

0.3 
(3.3) 

0.1
2.5

–
(2.6)

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

:

3

Liquidity risk reflects the risk that the Group will have insufficient resources to meet its financial liabilities as they fall due. The day-to-day 
operations of the Group are largely funded through the items included in the breakdown of recurring profit included in note 2a. The majority  
of income within recurring profit is received quarterly, since the inflows and outflows from net rental income and net interest payable generally 
coincide with English quarter days, and property management fees are billed to the funds quarterly. As a result, the Group normally has 
sufficient funds to cover recurring administrative expenses which occur throughout the year.

Liquidity risk therefore arises principally from the need to make payments for non-recurring items, such as management incentive schemes,  
tax payments and the close out of derivative financial instruments. Payments may also be necessary against bank debt facilities to prevent 
covenant breaches on loans related to the Group’s wholly owned properties or to cover losses in the Group’s joint ventures, or to repay loans  
when they fall due.

The Group’s objective in managing liquidity risk is to ensure that it has sufficient funds to meet all its potential liabilities as they fall due,  
both in normal market conditions and when considering negative projections against expected outcomes, so as to avoid the risk of incurring 
contractual penalties or damaging the Group’s reputation. The Group’s treasury department maintains a rolling 18-month forecast of 
anticipated recurring and non-recurring cash flows under different scenarios. This is compared to expected cash balances and amounts 
available for drawdown on the Group’s core revolving credit facility to ensure that any potential shortfalls in funding are identified and managed.

The Group’s primary means of managing liquidity risk is the £58.0 million (2009: £58.0 million) core revolving credit facility, expiring in 
September 2013, of which £58.0 million (2009: £58.0 million) was undrawn at the end of the year as disclosed in note 21c. At the balance  
sheet date, £58.0 million (2009: £58.0 million) of this undrawn amount was available for drawdown under the covenants on the facility.

78

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

79

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the financial statements continued

For the year to 30 December 2010

22e Liquidity risk continued

The following table shows the maturity analysis of non-derivative financial assets/(liabilities) at the balance sheet date and, where applicable, 
their effective interest rates.

2010  
Financial assets 
Available for sale investments 
Non-current receivables 
Current receivables 
Cash and cash equivalents 

Financial liabilities 
Borrowings – fixed and swapped bank loans 
Borrowings – variable rate bank loans 
Current payables 
Non-current payables 

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

:

3

2009  
Financial assets 
Available for sale investments 
Non-current receivables 
Current receivables 
Cash and cash equivalents 

Financial liabilities 
Borrowings – fixed and swapped bank loans 
Borrowings – variable rate bank loans 
Current payables 
Non-current payables 

Note 

13b 
14 
17 
18 

21a 
21a 
19 
20 

Note 

13b 
14 
17 
18 

21a 
21a 
19 

Effective 
interest rate 
% 

Less than 
1 year 
£m 

1–2 years 
£m 

2–5 years 
£m 

More than 
5 years 
£m 

4.97 

0.75 

6.26 
3.24 

0.3 
– 
4.8 
25.7 

30.8 

– 
(1.0) 
(6.3) 
– 

(7.3) 

– 
3.7 
– 
– 

3.7 

– 
(5.9) 
– 
– 

(5.9) 

– 
21.0 
– 
– 

21.0 

(60.8) 
(2.8) 
– 
(0.3) 

(63.9) 

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

Effective 
interest rate 
% 

Less than 
1 year 
£m 

1–2 years 
£m 

2–5 years 
£m 

More than 
5 years 
£m 

4.86 

0.75 

6.21 
3.47 

0.3 
– 
5.1 
17.5 

22.9 

– 
(0.7) 
(14.6) 
– 

(15.3) 

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

– 
(7.2) 
– 
– 

(7.2) 

– 
23.8 
– 
– 

23.8 

(61.5) 
(11.0) 
– 
– 

(72.5) 

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

– 
– 
– 
(1.0) 

(1.0) 

The following table indicates the dates of contractual repricing of the Group’s fixed and swapped bank loans:

Fixed and swapped bank loans 
2010  
2009  

Less than 
1 year 
£m 
– 
– 

1–2 years 
£m 
– 
– 

2–5 years 
£m 
60.8 
61.5 

More than 
5 years 
£m 
– 
– 

Total 
£m

0.3
24.7
4.8
25.7

55.5

(60.8)
(9.7)
(6.3)
(0.3)

(77.1)

Total 
£m

0.3
23.8
5.1
17.5

46.7

(61.5)
(18.9)
(14.6)
(1.0)

(96.0)

Total 
£m
60.8
61.5

80

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

81

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
22e Liquidity risk continued

The following tables detail the Group’s remaining contractual maturity for its non-derivative financial liabilities. The tables have been drawn up 
based on the undiscounted cash inflows/(outflows) of financial liabilities based on the earliest date on which the Group can be required to pay, 
including both interest and principal cash flows.

2010  
Non-interest bearing 
Variable interest rate instruments 

Less than 
1 year 
£m 
(6.3) 
(3.1) 

1–2 years 
£m 
– 
(8.5) 

2–3 years 
£m 
(0.3) 
(65.8) 

3–4 years 
£m 
– 
– 

4–5 years 
£m 
– 
– 

More than 
5 years 
£m 
– 
– 

(9.4) 

(8.5) 

(66.1) 

– 

– 

– 

2009  
Non-interest bearing 
Finance lease liability 
Variable interest rate instruments 

Less than 
1 year 
£m 
(14.6) 
– 
(3.2) 

1–2 years 
£m 
– 
– 
(11.7) 

2–3 years 
£m 
– 
– 
(10.5) 

3–4 years 
£m 
– 
– 
(68.4) 

4–5 years 
£m 
– 
– 
– 

More than 
5 years 
£m 
– 
(1.0) 
– 

Total 
£m
(6.6)
(77.4)

(84.0)

Total 
£m
(14.6)
(1.0)
(93.8)

(17.8) 

(11.7) 

(10.5) 

(68.4) 

– 

(1.0) 

(109.4)

The following tables detail the Group’s remaining contractual maturity for its derivative financial assets/(liabilities), all of which are net settled, 
based on the undiscounted net cash inflows/(outflows). When the amount payable or receivable is not fixed, it has been determined by reference  
to the projected interest and foreign currency rates as illustrated by the yield curves existing at the reporting date.

2010  
Net settled 
Interest rate swaps 
Foreign exchange forward contract 

2009  
Net settled 
Interest rate swaps 
Foreign exchange forward contract 

Less than 
1 year 
£m 

(2.1) 
0.6 

(1.5) 

Less than 
1 year 
£m 

(2.1) 
(1.4) 

(3.5) 

1–2 years 
£m 

2–3 years 
£m 

3–4 years 
£m 

4–5 years 
£m 

(1.6) 
– 

(1.6) 

(0.8) 
– 

(0.8) 

– 
– 

– 

– 
– 

– 

1–2 years 
£m 

2–3 years 
£m 

3–4 years 
£m 

4–5 years 
£m 

(1.0) 
– 

(1.0) 

(0.3) 
– 

(0.3) 

– 
– 

– 

– 
– 

– 

More than 
5 years 
£m 

– 
– 

– 

More than 
5 years 
£m 

– 
– 

– 

Total 
£m

(4.5)
0.6

(3.9)

Total 
£m

(3.4)
(1.4)

(4.8)

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

:

3

80

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

81

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
Notes to the financial statements continued

For the year to 30 December 2010

22f  Fair values of financial instruments

The fair values of financial instruments together with their carrying amounts in the balance sheet are as follows:

Financial liabilities not at fair value through income statement
Sterling denominated loans 

Total on balance sheet borrowings 
Group share of associate borrowings* 
Group share of joint venture borrowings 

Total see-through borrowings  
Derivative assets/(liabilities) at fair value  
through income statement
Sterling interest rate swaps 
Foreign exchange forward contracts 

Total on balance sheet derivatives 
Group share of sterling interest rate swaps  
in associates and joint ventures* 
Group share of euro interest rate swaps in joint ventures 

Total see-through derivatives 

Notional  
principal 
£m 

2010 
Book value 
£m 

2010 
Fair value 
£m 

2009 
Book value 
£m 

2009 
Fair value 
£m

(70.5) 

(70.5) 
(237.7) 
(224.0) 

(532.2) 

(4.5) 
0.6 

(3.9) 

(15.5) 
(2.9) 

(22.3) 

(70.5) 

(70.5) 
(237.7) 
(225.3) 

(533.5) 

(4.5) 
0.6 

(3.9) 

(15.5) 
(2.9) 

(22.3) 

(80.4) 

(80.4) 
(301.0) 
(251.4) 

(632.8) 

(3.4) 
(1.4) 

(4.8) 

(19.5) 
(5.7) 

(30.0) 

(80.4)

(80.4)
(301.0)
(253.6)

(635.0)

(3.4)
(1.4)

(4.8)

(19.5)
(5.7)

(30.0)

60.8 
40.5 

389.6 
181.7 

Note 

21a 

22a 

20 
17,19 

27 

* Prior year comparatives exclude FIX UK, as the Group’s investment was impaired to £nil at that date

The fair value of borrowings has been estimated on the basis of quoted market prices. The fair value of the interest rate swaps has been 
estimated by calculating the present value of future cash flows, using market discount rates. The fair value of the forward foreign exchange 
contract has been estimated by applying the quoted forward foreign exchange rate to the undiscounted cash flows at maturity.

Details of the Group’s cash and deposits are disclosed in note 18 and their fair values and those of all other financial assets and liabilities are 
equal to their book values.

Fair value measurements recognised in the consolidated balance sheet
The following table provides an analysis of financial instruments that are measured subsequent to initial recognition at fair value, grouped into 
Levels 1 to 3 based on the degree to which the fair value is observable:

•	 Level 1 fair value measurements are those derived from quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

•	 Level 2 fair value measurements are those derived from inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the 

asset or liability, either directly (i.e. as prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices).

•	 Level 3 fair value measurements are those derived from valuation techniques that include inputs for the asset or liability that are not based  

on observable market data (unobservable inputs).

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

:

3

2010  
Financial assets
Available for sale investments 
Foreign exchange forward contracts 

Financial liabilities 
Interest rate swaps 

Note 

13b 
19 

20 

Level 2 
£m 

Level 3 
£m 

– 
0.6 

0.6 

(4.5) 

(4.5)  

0.3 
– 

0.3 

– 

– 

Total 
£m

0.3
0.6

0.9

(4.5)

(4.5)

There were no transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 in the year. Since the only Level 3 fair value measurements in the year related to available 
for sale investments, the reconciliation of the movement in these measurements is disclosed in note 13b.

82

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

83

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
22g Breach of loan agreements

On 4 February 2010, there was a breach of the loan agreement in the Braehead joint venture when the 2009 year-end valuation was provided to 
the bank showing that the value of the property had fallen below the level required for the LTV covenant. The lender extended the remedy period 
and on 30 April 2010 the Group and its joint venture partner agreed a refinancing of the loan by injecting funds which, together with cash 
already held in the partnership, allowed the repayment of £3.4 million of the loan. The terms of the loan were also renegotiated to introduce an 
LTV holiday until 31 March 2012 and an increase in the margin from 1% to 2%, with the additional margin rolled up for payment in March 2012.

23  Share capital

Ordinary shares of 10p each 
At the start of the year 
Reclassification into ordinary shares of 1p each and deferred shares of 9p each 

At the end of the year 
Ordinary shares of 1p each 
At the start of the year 
Reclassification from ordinary shares of 10p each 
Issued new share capital 

At the end of the year 
Deferred shares of 9p each 
At the start of the year 
Reclassification from ordinary shares of 10p each 

At the end of the year 

Total called-up share capital 

Ordinary shares of 1p each 
Deferred shares of 9p each 

Number of shares 
issued and fully paid 
2009 
Number 

2010 
Number 

Nominal value of shares 
issued and fully paid
2010 
£m 

2009 
£m

–  71,348,933 
(71,348,933) 
– 

– 

– 

  350,612,754 

– 
–  71,348,933 
–  279,263,821 

  350,612,754  350,612,754 

  71,348,933 

– 
–  71,348,933 

  71,348,933  71,348,933 

  421,961,687  421,961,687 

– 
– 

– 

3.5 
– 
– 

3.5 

6.4 
– 

6.4 

9.9 

7.1
(7.1)

–

–
0.7
2.8

3.5

–
6.4

6.4

9.9

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

:

3

2010 
Number 

Number of shares authorised
2009 
Number
  857,589,603  857,589,603
  71,348,933  71,348,933

The Company has one class of Ordinary shares, which carry voting rights but no right to fixed income. Deferred shares carry neither voting nor 
dividend rights.

24  Share-based payments

The Group’s share-based payments comprise the SAYE scheme, the 2008 LTIP, the COIP and the Matching Share Agreement. The 1998 share 
option schemes and the 2002 LTIP were also in operation during the year. In accordance with IFRS 2, the fair value of equity-settled share-based 
payments to employees is determined at the date of grant, calculated using either a Black-Scholes option pricing model or a Monte Carlo 
simulation. Any Employers’ National Insurance payable on these awards is treated as a cash-settled share-based payment, for which the Group 
held a liability of £0.1 million (2009: £nil) at the end of the year. The total expense recognised under these share-based payment transactions in 
the year was as follows:

Equity-settled share-based payments 
Cash-settled share-based payments 

Year to 
  30 December 
2010 
£m 
0.7 
0.1 

Note 
8a, 26 

Year to 
30 December 
2009 
£m
0.3
–

82

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

83

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
Notes to the financial statements continued

For the year to 30 December 2010

24  Share-based payments continued

Share options – SAYE scheme
Details of the share options outstanding under the scheme are as follows:

Outstanding at the start of the year 
Forfeited/lapsed before the capital raising 
Increase resulting from the capital raising 
Forfeited/lapsed 
Exercised 

Outstanding at the end of the year 

Exercisable at the end of the year 

 Year to 30 December 2010 

Year to 30 December 2009

Number of 
  share options 
795,369 
– 
– 
(80,348) 
(23,695) 

Weighted 
average 
exercise 
price 
22.8p  
n/a 
n/a 
22.8p 
22.8p 

Number of 
share options 
497,257 
(81,305) 
415,937 
(36,520) 
– 

691,326 

22.8p 

795,369 

– 

22.8p 

22,524 

Weighted 
average 
exercise 
price
46.0p 
46.0p
n/a
22.8p
n/a

22.8p

22.8p

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

:

3

The options outstanding at 30 December 2010 had a weighted average remaining contractual life of 1.52 years (2009: 2.59 years). Options are 
normally forfeited if an employee leaves the Group before they vest and the charge to the income statement assumes this lapse rate is 40%  
(2009: 45%), based on the level of staff turnover since the inception of the scheme and future expectations.

Share options – 1998 scheme
Details of the share options outstanding under the scheme are as follows:

Outstanding at the start of the year 
Expired during the year 

Outstanding at the end of the year 

Exercisable at the end of the year 

 Year to 30 December 2010 

Year to 30 December 2009

Number of 
  share options 
100,000  
(100,000) 

Weighted 
average 
exercise 
price 
211.5p  
211.5p 

Number of 
share options 
140,000  
(40,000) 

– 

– 

n/a 

n/a 

100,000  

100,000  

Weighted 
average 
exercise 
price
205.8p 
191.5p

211.5p 

211.5p 

Other share-based payment schemes
The Group’s other share-based payment schemes are the 2002 LTIP, the 2008 LTIP, the COIP and the Matching Share Agreement. Details of the 
shares outstanding under these schemes are as follows:

Outstanding at the start of the year 
Granted during the year 
Forfeited during the year 
Lapsed during the year 

Outstanding at the end of the year 

Fair value of award at grant date 

2002 LTIP 
192,081 

2008 LTIP 
– 
–  13,500,000 
(500,000) 
– 
– 
(192,081) 

Matching 
Share 
Agreement 
302,055 
– 
– 
– 

COIP 
1,202,080 

Total
1,696,216
–  13,500,000
– 
(500,000)
– 
(192,081)

–  13,000,000 

302,055 

1,202,080  14,504,135

£15.61 

£0.20 

£4.76 

£0.14

The performance conditions for the 2002 LTIP award were not met so the shares lapsed during the year. The performance conditions for the COIP 
have also not been met for the performance period to date.

No awards were made under the 2008 LTIP before 8 June 2010, when the scheme was changed following shareholder approval of certain 
amendments which enabled the grant of one-off awards of up to 360% of salary to directors and certain other key executives to cover the 
three-year period from 2010 to 2012. These awards are subject to a performance condition based on growth in total shareholder return (“TSR”) 
over the vesting period as follows:

84

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

85

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
24  Share-based payments continued

Growth in TSR over period 
Under 12% per annum 
12% per annum 
Between 12% and 40% per annum 
40% per annum or above 

Percentage of award vesting
Nil
20%
Pro-rata between 20% and 100%
100%

Costs of share based payment schemes
Fair values of the schemes above were calculated using the following inputs into the Black-Scholes option pricing model:

Share price at grant date 
Exercise price 
Expected volatility 
Expected life (years) 
Risk free rate 
Expected dividend yield 
Correlation 

2008 LTIP 

SAYE 
scheme 

31.9p 
0.0p 
83% 

3.00 
1.58% 
0% 

n/a 

45.5p 
46.0p 
84% 

3.12 
2.28% 
11.0% 
n/a 

Matching 
Share 
Agreement

553.0p
0.0p
37%

2.99
3.78%
4.9%
30%

COIP 
44.75p 
0.0p 
84% 

3.04 
2.58% 
11.2% 
29% 

Expected volatility is based on the historic volatility of the Group’s share price over the three years to the date of grant. The risk free rate is the 
yield at the date of grant on a gilt-edged stock with a redemption date equivalent to the expected life of the option or the performance period  
of the relevant scheme. Options are assumed to be exercised at the earliest possible date.

ESOT shareholding
At 30 December 2010, the Capital & Regional plc 2004 Employee Share Trust (the “ESOT”) held 2,166,141 (2009: 2,189,836) shares to assist the 
Group in meeting the outstanding share awards under the schemes described above. The right to receive dividends on these shares has been 
waived. The market value of these shares at 30 December 2010 was £0.7 million (2009: £0.8 million).

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

:

3

At the start of the year 
Purchased in the year 
Exercised/vested in the year 

At the end of the year 

25  Reserves

Number of  
shares 
2010 
2,189,836 
– 
(23,695) 

Number of 
shares 
2009
1,991,760
198,076 
–

2,166,141 

2,189,836 

The special reserve arose on the cancellation of the Company’s share premium account in 2009. £141.0 million of the share premium account 
was credited to retained earnings and the balance of £79.5 million remains in the special reserve pending consent from all of the Company’s 
creditors at that date to transfer it to retained earnings. The special reserve is not available for distribution to shareholders but may be used to 
offset any deficit arising on the Company’s retained earnings.

The merger reserve of £60.3 million arose on the Group’s capital raising in 2009, which was structured so as to allow the Company to claim 
merger relief under section 612 of the Companies Act 2006 on the issue of Ordinary shares. The merger reserve is available for distribution  
to shareholders.

The acquisition reserve of £9.5 million relates to the purchase of the entire ordinary share capital of Morrison Merlin Limited in 2005, prior to 
which it had been a joint venture in which the Group had a 50% interest. The balance on the reserve arose from the difference at the date of 
acquisition between the carrying value of the Group’s existing interest and its fair value. The reserve will remain on the balance sheet until 
Morrison Merlin Limited is sold.

The foreign currency reserve of £7.4 million and the net investment hedging reserve deficit of £3.5 million respectively show foreign exchange 
translation differences from the Group’s investment in its German joint venture and any hedges of that investment.

84

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

85

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the financial statements continued

For the year to 30 December 2010

26  Reconciliation of net cash from operations

Profit/(loss) on ordinary activities before financing 
Adjusted for:  
Share of (profit)/loss in associates and joint ventures 
Loss on revaluation of investment properties 
Loss/(profit) on sale of properties and investments 
Impairment of goodwill 
(Impairment reversal)/impairment of trading properties 
Depreciation of other fixed assets 
Decrease in receivables 
Decrease in payables 
Non-cash movement relating to share-based payments 

Net cash from operations 

27  Net assets per share

Year to 
  30 December 
2010 
£m 
52.6 

Note 

Year to 
30 December 
2009 
£m
(105.1)

16a 
11a 
11d 
12 
4, 11a 
7, 13a 

24 

(45.2) 
0.2 
0.2 
0.7 
(0.1) 
0.5 
0.4 
(7.1) 
0.7 

2.9 

106.8
2.8
(0.1)
1.6
2.1
0.4
6.7
(10.3)
0.3

5.2

EPRA has issued recommended bases for the calculation of certain net assets per share information as shown in the following table:

30 December 2010 

Note 

22f 

Net assets 
£m 
174.5 
– 
– 
(0.9) 

173.6 
0.9 
22.3 
2.6 

199.4 

Basic net assets 
Own shares held 
Dilutive contingently issuable shares and share options 
Fair value of fixed rate loans (net of tax) 

EPRA triple net assets 
Exclude fair value of fixed rate loans (net of tax) 
Exclude fair value of derivatives 
Exclude deferred tax on unrealised gains and capital allowances 

EPRA net assets 

28  Return on equity

Total comprehensive income attributable to equity shareholders 
Opening equity shareholders’ funds  
Return on equity 

30 December
2009 
Net assets 
per share (£)
0.37 

Net assets 
per share (£) 
0.50 

Number of 
shares (m) 
350.6 
(2.2) 
0.5

348.9 

0.50 

0.37 

348.9 

0.57 

0.47

  30 December 
2010 
£m 
44.0 
129.8 

33.9% 

30 December 
2009 
£m
(119.7)
186.1
(64.3)%

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

:

3

86

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

87

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
29  Investment in Garigal Asset Management GmbH

On 10 August 2010, the Group purchased 30.06% of the issued share capital of Garigal Asset Management GmbH (“Garigal”), a German asset  
and property manager, for cash consideration of €1. The Group’s German joint venture partner purchased a further 20.04% of Garigal in the 
same transaction. The investment is expected to result in more effective management of the German portfolio by the transfer of responsibility 
to a single German-based entity, to increase the range of opportunities for the Group to monetise its stake in the German joint venture, and to 
provide a platform for extending asset and property management services to third parties in Germany.

As part of the investment, the asset and property management contract for the real estate portfolio held by the German joint venture was 
transferred to Garigal, which will have sole responsibility for the portfolio once a transitional period to 30 June 2011 has expired. An asset of  
£0.6 million, which represented the Group’s share of the fair value of the estimated future cash flows from this contract, was therefore included  
in the consideration given for the investment. The recognised amounts of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed included a 
liability of £0.1 million, which represented the Group’s share of the fair value of the estimated future cash flows from the existing management 
contract held by Garigal. Goodwill of £0.9 million arose from the excess of the consideration given over the identifiable assets and liabilities 
acquired.

Financial and other assets 
Financial and other liabilities 
Fair value of asset and property management contract held by Garigal 

Total identifiable assets and liabilities acquired 
Goodwill 

Total consideration 

Represented by: 
  Cash consideration 
  Acquisition costs capitalised 
  Fair value of asset and property management contract transferred to Garigal 

Note 

 16d 

10 August 
2010 
£m
0.1
(0.1)
(0.1)

(0.1)
0.9

0.8

–
0.2
0.6

0.8

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

:

3

The net cash outflow on investment in Garigal and the fair value of receivables acquired were immaterial, and no contingent liabilities were 
recognised in the transaction. At investment date it was assumed that all contractual cash flows will be collected. None of the goodwill arising 
within the associate is expected to be deductible for tax purposes.

Garigal did not contribute to the profit of the Group between the date of acquisition and the balance sheet date due to the initial transition costs 
incurred. If the acquisition had been completed on the first day of the financial year, Garigal would have contributed £0.1 million of profit to  
the Group. Since Garigal’s results are included under the share of profit in associates and joint ventures in the consolidated income statement, 
the investment had no effect on reported Group revenue for the year.

30  Investment in Euro B-Note Holding limited

On 22 December 2010 the Group purchased an effective 49.9% of the issued share capital of Euro B-Note Holding Limited. The Group’s German 
joint venture partner purchased 50.1% of Euro B-Note Holding Limited in the same transaction. On 24 December 2010 Euro B-Note Holding Limited 
purchased one of the German joint venture portfolio’s subordinated loans with a face value of €18.1 million.

86

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

87

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the financial statements continued

For the year to 30 December 2010

31  Disposal – Manchester Arena Complex Limited Partnership

On 15 June 2010 the Group sold its wholly owned subsidiary, Capital & Regional Manchester Arena (Jersey) Limited, which held the 30% joint 
venture interest in the Manchester Arena Complex Limited Partnership, the owner of the MEN Arena investment property. The Group’s share of 
net assets at the date of disposal and at 30 December 2009 was as follows:

Investment property 
Current assets 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Current liabilities 
Non-current liabilities 

Loss on disposal  

Total cash consideration 

Net inflow arising on disposal:  
  Cash consideration  
  Cash and cash equivalents disposed of  

32  Lease arrangements

Note 

16c 
11d 

30 December 
2009 
£m
19.0
0.7
1.6
(2.2)
(14.3)

4.8

15 June 
2010 
£m 
19.7  
1.0 
1.1 
(0.6) 
(15.3) 

5.9 
(0.2) 

5.7 

5.7  
(1.1) 

4.6 

The Group as lessee – finance leases
At the balance sheet date, the Group had outstanding commitments for future minimum lease payments on land and buildings under finance 
leases as follows:

Within one year 
Between one and five years 
After five years 

Less future finance charges 

After five years 

Future minimum lease payments
2009 
£m
0.1
0.2
4.8

2010 
£m 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 

– 

5.1
(4.1)

1.0

Present value of future minimum lease payments
2009 
£m
1.0

2010 
£m 
– 

– 

1.0

The finance leases represented the head leases on the Group’s leasehold investment and owner-occupied properties, all of which were 
denominated in sterling. The properties were sold during the year. During the year there were no contingent rents (2009: £nil) and the Group 
made sublease payments of £nil (2009: £0.1 million).

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

:

3

88

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

89

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
32  Lease arrangements continued

The Group as lessee – operating leases
At the balance sheet date, the Group’s future minimum lease payments and sublease receipts under non-cancellable operating leases were  
as follows:

Lease payments 
Within one year 
Between one and five years 
After five years 

Sublease receipts 
Between one and five years 

Land and buildings  
CRPM 

Land and buildings  
SNO!zone 

Other operating  
leases 

Total

2010 
£m 

2009 
£m 

2010 
£m 

2009 
£m 

2010 
£m 

2009 
£m 

2010 
£m 

2009 
£m

(0.3) 
(0.5) 
– 

(0.8) 

0.1 

0.1 

(0.1) 
(0.6) 
– 

(0.7) 

0.2 

0.2 

(1.7) 
(7.1) 
(25.7) 

(2.1) 
(9.5) 
(41.8) 

(34.5) 

(53.4) 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 
– 
– 

– 

– 

– 

(0.1) 
– 
– 

(0.1) 

– 

– 

(2.0) 
(7.6) 
(25.7) 

(35.3) 

0.1 

0.1 

(2.3)
(10.1)
(41.8)

(54.2)

0.2

0.2

Operating lease payments are denominated in sterling and have an average remaining lease length of 17 years (2009: 18 years) and rentals are 
fixed for an average of nine years (2009: ten years). During the year there were no contingent rents (2009: £nil) and the Group incurred lease 
payments recognised as an expense of £2.3 million (2009: £2.3 million). The Group negotiated a rent concession for SNO!zone Braehead which 
will reduce the amount payable under the lease in future years. The changes in the terms of the lease represent a significant modification so 
have been treated as generating a new lease, and as a result a liability of £1.9 million (2009: £2.2 million) representing the unamortised tenant 
incentives under the old lease was written back during the year.

The Group as lessor 
The Group leases out all of its investment properties under operating leases for average lease terms of 12 years (2009: 11 years) to expiry.  
The most significant leasing arrangements are summarised in the fund portfolio information. The future aggregate minimum rentals receivable 
under non-cancellable operating leases are as follows:

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

:

3

100% figures 

The Mall 
The Junction 
X-Leisure 
FIX UK* 

Total associates 
German portfolio 
Other joint ventures 

Total joint ventures 
Wholly owned 

Total   

  Unexpired 
average 
lease 
term 
Years 

9.3 
11.7 
14.6 
6.8 

6.6 
15.3 

11.6 

Less  
than 1 
year 
£m 

87.5 
29.8 
39.8 
0.5 

157.6 
37.0 
3.9 

40.9 
7.7 

206.2 

2–5 
years 
£m 

269.1 
115.5 
155.0 
3.3 

542.9 
112.4 
15.2 

127.6 
29.9 

700.4 

6–10  
years 
£m 

171.0 
126.9 
181.1 
4.8 

483.8 
64.5 
17.9 

82.4 
35.7 

11–15  
years 
£m 

69.5 
65.9 
122.9 
0.9 

259.2 
24.7 
12.6 

37.3 
18.7 

16–20 
years 
£m 

42.7 
35.8 
42.2 
0.9 

121.6 
4.2 
11.0 

15.2 
4.6 

More  30 December 30 December 
2009 
2010 
Total 
Total 
£m
£m 

than 20 
years 
£m 

194.0 
0.2 
23.2 
0.2 

833.8 
374.1 
564.2 
10.6 

217.6  1,782.7 
243.5 
62.9 

0.7 
2.3 

3.0 
0.6 

306.4 
97.2 

1,107.6
472.8
669.5
11.0

2,260.9
276.1
122.1

398.2
100.5

601.9 

315.2 

141.4 

221.2  2,186.3 

2,759.6

* Comparative figures restated to include FIX UK

There was no contingent rent (2009: £nil) recognised in income from wholly owned properties during the year.

88

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

89

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the financial statements continued

For the year to 30 December 2010

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

:

3

33  Capital commitments

At 30 December 2010 the Group’s share of the capital commitments of its associates, joint ventures and wholly owned properties was  
£2.5 million (2009: £6.5 million). This comprised £1.3 million (2009: £5.9 million) relating to The Mall, £0.5 million (2009: £0.6 million)  
relating to The Junction and £0.7 million (2009: £0.5 million) relating to other assets.

34  Contingent liabilities

The Group no longer has any guarantee in respect of the MEN Arena joint venture following its sale during the year (2009: £0.1 million). Other 
than the tax-related contingent liabilities disclosed in note 9e, there were no other contingent liabilities at the end of either the current year  
or the preceding year.

35  Events after the balance sheet date

Tax payment
On 31 December 2010 the Group made a cash payment on the due date under the agreed payment plan with HMRC of £5.0 million related to the 
current tax liability recorded at 30 December 2010. 

Hedge extension
On 13 January 2011, the Group entered a forward contract to sell €47.0 million on 27 June 2012 at a fixed exchange rate of 1.185, which had  
the effect of extending the hedging arrangements on its net investment in the German portfolio.

Group debt
On 30 January 2011, the Group repaid £0.5 million of the floating rate loan secured on its Hemel Hempstead property in line with the 
amortisation schedule of the facility.

Property disposals
On 14 January 2011, The Mall completed on the sale of its Bristol shopping centre for £50.2 million at a net initial yield of 7.0%, compared to its  
year-end valuation of £50.0 million.

On 15 March 2011, The Junction completed on the sale of its Ocean Retail Park in Portsmouth for £60.9 million at a net initial yield of 5.81%, 
compared to its year-end valuation of £55.4 million. The proceeds from the disposal were used to repay £31.7 million of the fund’s loans.

Property acquisition
On 22 February 2011, the Group completed the purchase of The Waterside Shopping Centre (“Waterside”) in Lincoln for cash consideration of 
£24.8 million, at a 7.68% net initial yield. The acquisition was completed utilising a new four year £13.65 million project facility from Deutsche 
PostBank, together with existing cash resources. 

On 18 March 2011, the Group conditionally exchanged contracts with Karoo Investment Fund II S.C.A SICAV-SIF (“Karoo”) to form a 50:50 joint 
venture by selling 50% of the Group’s interest in Waterside (“the Disposal”). As the Group and Karoo have common significant shareholders the 
formation of the joint venture is conditional upon shareholder approval. A shareholder circular was posted on 8 March 2011 convening a General 
Meeting to be held on 1 April 2011. The Group acquired the Waterside through an English Limited Partnership consisting of a General Partner 
and two equal Limited Partners. In order to form the joint venture, the Group has agreed to sell the entire share capital of one of the Limited 
Partners and 50% of the share capital of the General Partner to Karoo. Under the terms of the Disposal it has been agreed that Karoo will fund 
approximately half of the total costs and related expenses incurred by the Group in acquiring Waterside. Accordingly, the total amount payable 
by Karoo will be approximately £6.4 million comprising a purchase price for the shares being sold of approximately £57,500 (assuming 
completion of the Disposal occurs on 8 April 2011) and, in addition, Karoo will repay £6.35 million of financing provided by the Group to 
complete the purchase of the Waterside. 

X-Leisure
On 28 February 2011, the property valuation of the X-Leisure fund (excluding adjustments for tenant incentives and head leases) was  
£535.4 million. This gave a unit price of 31.8p, meaning the value of the Group’s units excluding interest swap and mark-to-market valuations 
was £29.3 million compared to £28.4 million at 31 December 2010.

On 18 March 2011, Hermes sold their investments in X-Leisure and X-Leisure Limited to AREA which resulted in amendments to management 
contracts but has no material impact on the Group.

90

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

91

 
 
Notes to the financial statements continued

For the year to 30 December 2010

36  Related party transactions

Transactions between the Company and its subsidiaries, which are related parties, have been eliminated on consolidation and are not disclosed in 
this note. Transactions between the Group and its associates and joint ventures, all of which occurred at normal market rates, are disclosed below.

Interest receivable from 
related parties 

Distributions received from 
related parties

Capital & Regional plc and subsidiaries 
Associates 
The Mall Limited Partnership 
The Junction Limited Partnership 
X-Leisure Limited Partnership 

Joint ventures 
Xscape Braehead Partnership 
The Auchinlea Partnership 
X-Leisure Limited 
German joint venture companies: 
  Capital & Regional (Europe LP) Limited 
  Capital & Regional (Europe LP 2) Limited 
  Capital & Regional (Europe LP 3) Limited 
  Capital & Regional (Europe LP 5) Limited 
  Capital & Regional (Europe LP 6) Limited 

Capital & Regional plc and subsidiaries  
Associates 
The Mall Limited Partnership 
The Junction Limited Partnership 
X-Leisure Limited Partnership 

Shareholder loans to joint ventures 
Xscape Braehead Partnership 
German joint venture companies: 
  Capital & Regional (Europe LP) Limited* 
  Capital & Regional (Europe LP 2) Limited* 
  Capital & Regional (Europe LP 3) Limited* 
  Capital & Regional (Europe LP 5) Limited 
  Capital & Regional (Europe LP 6) Limited* 

Year to 
  30 December 
2010 
£m 

Year to 

Year to 
30 December  30 December 
2010 
£m 

2009 
£m 

– 
– 
– 

– 

0.5 
– 
– 

0.1 
0.1 
0.3 
– 
0.1 

1.1 

– 
– 
– 

– 

0.6 
– 
– 

0.1 
0.1 
0.3 
– 
0.1 

1.2 

– 
5.6 
0.7 

6.3 

– 
– 
0.3 

1.2 
0.1 
1.5 
0.3 
– 

3.4 

Year to 
30 December 
2009 
£m

6.7
–
–

6.7

–
0.1
–

0.2
–
0.4
–
–

0.7

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

:

3

Amounts (payable to)/ 
receivable from related parties
30 December 
2009 
£m

  30 December 
2010 
£m 

Note 

19 

(0.7) 
– 
– 

(0.7) 

10.1 

3.0 
1.6 
7.5 
0.7 
1.8 

(2.4)
(0.1)
(0.2)

(2.7)

8.6

3.1
1.7
7.9
0.7
1.8

14 

24.7 

23.8

*  All amounts are transactions with subsidiaries of the Company, with the exception of transactions with the German joint venture companies where the Company holds 5.1% 

(2009: 5.1%) of the Group’s interest

90

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

91

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the financial statements continued

For the year to 30 December 2010

36  Related party transactions continued

Amounts payable to associates are unsecured and do not incur interest and they are payable on demand and settled in cash.

Amounts receivable from joint ventures incur interest at commercial rates which is payable on demand. Principal amounts owed by the Xscape 
Braehead Partnership are repayable in 2012 and 2013, and principal amounts owed by the German joint venture companies are repayable in 
2013. The balances are unsecured and settled in cash.

CRPM 
Associates 
The Mall Limited Partnership 
The Junction Limited Partnership 
X-Leisure Limited Partnership 
The FIX UK Limited Partnership 

Joint ventures 
German joint venture companies 
X-Leisure Limited 
Manchester Arena Complex Limited Partnership 
Xscape Braehead Partnership 

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

:

3

Management fee 
income/(expense) from 
related parties 

Amounts owed by 
related parties

Year to 
  30 December 
2010 
£m 

Year to 

30 December  30 December 
2010 
£m 

2009 
£m 

30 December 
2009 
£m

8.9 
1.3 
0.1 
0.1 

10.4 

0.2 
(0.2) 
– 
0.2 

0.2 

9.5 
2.1 
2.8 
0.2 

14.6 

0.4 
– 
– 
0.1 

0.5 

1.4 
– 
– 
– 

1.4 

– 
0.1 
– 
0.1 

0.2 

0.7
–
–
–

0.7

–
0.3
0.3
–

0.6

Management fees are payable on demand and the balances are unsecured, do not incur interest and are settled in cash. No performance fees 
were receivable from or payable to related parties in either the current year or the preceding year.

SNO!zone Limited and 
SNO!zone Braehead Limited 
Associates 
Xscape Milton Keynes Partnership 
Xscape Castleford Partnership 

Joint ventures 
Xscape Braehead Partnership 

Rent payable 
to related parties 

Amounts owed by 
related parties

Year to 
  30 December 
2010 
£m 

Year to 

30 December  30 December 
2010 
£m 

2009 
£m 

30 December 
2009 
£m

0.7 
0.7 

1.4 

0.3 

0.3 

0.7 
0.7 

1.4 

0.7 

0.7 

– 
– 

– 

– 

– 

–
–

–

(2.1)

(2.1)

All rents payable by SNO!zone companies are due to the relevant Xscape Partnerships, which in the case of SNO!zone Limited (operator of the ski 
slopes at Milton Keynes and Castleford) are wholly owned by X-Leisure Limited Partnership.

During 2010 the Group purchased IT equipment and services from Sage plc on normal commercial terms. Paul Stobart is a director of Sage plc.

92

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

93

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
36  Related party transactions continued

Performance fees
Certain entities in the Group may receive performance fees when investors realise their interests in the underlying funds or joint ventures,  
either at the end of the life of the fund, on the sale of some or all of the underlying properties, or through another realisation mechanism such 
as a listing.

CRPM will earn a performance fee if the property level return is positive and is more than 50 basis points above the index when measured from 
July 2010 to the realisation of the fund, which is due to expire in April 2017. Part of any performance fee earned may be payable to certain key 
CRPM management and staff as part of their incentive plans. The Mall performance fees will be effective from 21 July 2010 but are subject to 
final confirmation by the Mall Bond Security Trustee which is expected shortly as disclosed in note 3. The Group will also bear 16.72% of the cost 
of this performance fee as an investor in The Mall fund.

CRPM will earn a performance fee if the internal rate of return is over 15% when measured from May 2009 to the realisation of the fund, which  
is due to expire in July 2013. Part of any performance fee earned may be payable to certain key CRPM management and staff as part of their 
incentive plans. The Group will also bear 13.29% of the cost of this performance fee as an investor in The Junction fund.

X-Leisure Limited will earn a performance fee if the internal rate of return is over 15% when measured from August 2009 to the realisation of  
the fund, which is due to expire in December 2014. Up to 50% of any performance fee earned may be payable to certain key X-Leisure Limited 
management and staff as part of their incentive plans. The Group will also bear 11.93% of the cost of this performance fee as an investor in the 
X-Leisure fund.

Garigal will earn a performance fee if the internal rate of return is over 12% when measured from August 2010 to the realisation of the joint 
venture, whose current business plan runs to June 2013. Up to 80% of any performance fee earned may be payable to certain key Garigal 
management and staff as part of their incentive plans. The Group will also bear 49.60% of the cost of this performance fee as an investor in  
the German joint venture.

Transactions with key personnel
In accordance with IAS 24, key personnel are considered to be the executive and non-executive directors as they have the authority and 
responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of the Group. Their remuneration in the income statement is as follows:

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

:

3

Short term employment benefits (restated)+ 
Post employment benefits 
Share-based payments* 

Year to 
  30 December 
2010 
£m 
1.3 
0.1 
0.5 

Year to 
30 December 
2009 
£m
1.7
0.2
0.3

1.9 

2.2

+ The prior year figure has been restated to include amounts paid to the non-executive directors to be consistent with the current year presentation

* Share-based payments relate to amounts awarded under the 2010 LTIP, the COIP and the Matching Share Agreement

92

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

93

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Independent auditors’ report  
to the members of Capital & Regional plc

We have audited the financial statements of Capital & Regional plc for the year ended 30 December 2010 which comprise the Group Income 
Statement, the Group Statement of Comprehensive Income, the Group Balance Sheet, the Group Statement of Changes in Equity, the Group Cash 
Flow Statement, the related notes 1 to 36, the Parent Company Balance Sheet and the related notes A to I. The financial reporting framework 
that has been applied in the preparation of the Group financial statements is applicable law and International Financial Reporting Standards 
(IFRSs) as adopted by the European Union. The financial reporting framework that has been applied in the preparation of the parent company 
financial statements is applicable law and United Kingdom Accounting Standards (United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice).

This report is made solely to the Company’s members, as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006. Our audit 
work has been undertaken so that we might state to the Company’s members those matters we are required to state to them in an auditor’s 
report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the 
Company and the Company’s members as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.

Respective responsibilities of directors and auditors
As explained more fully in the Directors’ Responsibilities Statement, the directors are responsible for the preparation of the financial statements 
and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view. Our responsibility is to audit and express an opinion on the financial statements in 
accordance with applicable law and International Standards on Auditing (UK and Ireland). Those standards require us to comply with the 
Auditing Practices Board’s Ethical Standards for Auditors.

Scope of the audit of the financial statements
An audit involves obtaining evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements sufficient to give reasonable assurance that 
the financial statements are free from material misstatement, whether caused by fraud or error. This includes an assessment of: whether the 
accounting policies are appropriate to the Group’s and the parent company’s circumstances and have been consistently applied and adequately 
disclosed; the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by the directors; and the overall presentation of the financial statements.

Opinion on financial statements
In our opinion:
•	 the financial statements give a true and fair view of the state of the Group’s and of the parent company’s affairs as at 30 December 2010 and 

of the Group’s profit for the year then ended;

•	 the Group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the European Union;
•	 the parent company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting 

Practice; and

•	 the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and, as regards the Group 

financial statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation.

Opinion on other matters prescribed by the Companies Act 2006
In our opinion:
•	 the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited has been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 2006; and
•	 the information given in the Directors’ Report for the financial year for which the financial statements are prepared is consistent with the 

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

:

3

financial statements.

Matters on which we are required to report by exception 
We have nothing to report in respect of the following:

Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion:
•	 adequate accounting records have not been kept by the parent company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been received from 

branches not visited by us; or

•	 the parent company financial statements and the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited are not in agreement with the 

accounting records and returns; or

•	 certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or
•	 we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit.

Under the Listing Rules we are required to review:
•	 the directors’ statement, contained within the Corporate Governance Report, in relation to going concern;
•	 the part of the Corporate Governance Statement relating to the Company’s compliance with the nine provisions of the June 2008 Combined 

Code specified for our review; and

•	 certain elements of the report to shareholders by the Board on directors’ remuneration.

Andrew Clark (Senior Statutory Auditor) 
for and on behalf of Deloitte LLP Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditor 
London, United Kingdom, 22 March 2011

94

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

95

 
 
Company balance sheet

At 30 December 2010 

Registered number: 1399411

Prepared in accordance with UK GAAP

Fixed assets 
Investments 

Current assets 
Debtors – amounts falling due within one year 
Debtors – amounts falling due after more than one year 
Cash and deposits 

Creditors – amounts falling due within one year 
Trade and other creditors 
Bank loans  

Net current assets 

Creditors – amounts falling due after more than one year 
Bank loans 
Loan guarantees 
Corporation tax payable 

Provisions for liabilities 

Net assets 

Capital and reserves 
Called-up share capital 
Merger reserve 
Special reserve 
Capital redemption reserve 
Retained earnings 

Shareholders’ funds 

Note 

2010 
£m 

2009 
£m

C 

D 
D 

E 
H 

H 

E 

F 

G 
G 
G 
G 
G 

178.0 

191.8

143.3 
14.0 
5.2 

162.5 

(160.4) 
– 

(160.4) 

2.1 

– 
(0.4) 
(10.0) 

(10.4) 
– 

127.8
14.6
0.3

142.7

(122.5)
(0.1)

(122.6)

20.1

(7.2)
(0.6)
(10.0)

(17.8)
(1.0)

169.7 

193.1

9.9 
60.3 
79.5 
4.4 
15.6 

9.9
60.3
79.5
4.4
39.0

169.7 

 193.1

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

:

3

These financial statements were approved by the Board of directors, authorised for issue and signed on their behalf on 22 March 2011 by: 

Charles Staveley
Group Finance Director

94

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

95

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Notes to the Company financial statements

For the year ended 30 December 2010

A  Accounting policies

Although the Group consolidated financial statements are prepared under IFRS, the Company financial statements for Capital & Regional plc 
presented in this section are prepared under UK GAAP. The main accounting policies have been applied consistently in the current year and the 
preceding year.

Investments, amounts owed by subsidiaries and amounts owed by associates and joint ventures are stated at cost less provision for 
impairment. Where there is an indication that an investment is impaired, an impairment review is carried out by comparing the carrying  
value of the investment against its recoverable amount, which is the higher of its estimated value in use and fair value. This review involves 
accounting judgements about the future cash flows from the underlying associates and joint ventures and, in the case of CRPM, estimated  
asset management fee income less estimated fixed and variable expenses.

Transactions in foreign currencies are translated into sterling at exchange rates approximating to the exchange rate ruling at the date of the 
transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at the balance sheet date are translated to sterling at the 
exchange rate ruling at that date and differences arising on translation are recognised in the income statement.

The Company’s related party transactions are described in note 36 to the Group financial statements. The Company had no direct employees 
during the year (2009: none). Information on the directors’ emoluments, share options, long-term incentive schemes and pension contributions 
is shown in the directors’ remuneration report.

B   Loss for the year

As permitted by section 408 of the Companies Act 2006, the profit and loss account of the Company is not presented as part of these financial 
statements. The loss for the year attributable to equity shareholders was £23.4 million (2009: loss of £40.8 million).

C 

Fixed asset investments

At the start of the year 
Disposals 
Impairment of investments 

At the end of the year 

Subsidiaries 
£m 
178.0 
(6.2) 
(7.5) 

Joint ventures  
£m 
13.5 
(0.1) 
– 

Other 
investments 
£m 
0.3 
– 
– 

164.3 

13.4 

0.3 

Total 
£m
191.8
(6.3)
(7.5)

178.0

Note I shows the principal subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures held by the Group and the Company. Other investments are described in  
note 13b to the Group financial statements.

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

:

3

D  Debtors

Amounts falling due within one year 
Amounts owed by subsidiaries 
Corporation tax recoverable 
Taxation and social security 

Amounts falling due in more than one year 
Amounts owed by joint ventures 

2010 
£m 
141.8 
1.5 
– 

143.3 

2010 
£m 
14.0 

14.0 

2009 
£m
127.6
–
0.2

127.8

2009 
£m
14.6

14.6

96

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

97

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Company financial statements continued

For the year to 30 December 2010

E 

Creditors 

Amounts falling due within one year 
Amounts owed to subsidiaries 
Amounts owed to associates 
Trade payables 
Current tax payable 
Other creditors 
Accruals and deferred income 
Interest payable 

Amounts falling due after more than one year 
From one to two years 
From two to five years 

F 

Provisions

At the start of the year 
Reversal of provision 

At the end of the year 

2010 
£m 
154.4 
– 
0.1 
5.0 
0.1 
0.8 
– 

160.4 

2010 
£m 
5.0 
5.0 

10.0 

2009 
£m
108.9
0.4
–
8.2
1.5
0.4
3.1

122.5

2009 
£m
–
17.8

17.8

£m
1.0
(1.0)

–

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

:

3

The Company had guaranteed the rent and service charges payable by SNO!zone Limited and SNO!zone Braehead Limited. During the year the 
underlying SNO!zone Braehead lease was restructured reducing the Company guarantee and the provision was no longer required.

G  Share capital and reserves

At the start of the year 
Retained profit/(loss) for the year 

At the end of the year 

Non-distributable 

Distributable

Share 
capital 
£m 
9.9  
– 

9.9  

Special 
reserve* 
£m 
79.5 
– 

79.5 

Capital 
redemption 
reserve 
 £m 
4.4  
– 

Retained 
earnings 
(restated)* 
£m 
39.0 
(23.4) 

4.4  

15.6 

Merger 
reserve 
£m 
60.3 
– 

60.3 

Total
£m
193.1
(23.4)

169.7

*  The special reserve arose on the cancellation of the Company’s share premium account in 2009. Once consent has been obtained from all of the Company’s creditors existing 
at the date of the cancellation, the special reserve will be transferred to retained earnings and will become distributable. Following this consent the majority of the retained 
earnings balance of £15.6 million at 30 December 2010 will become distributable

The Company’s authorised, issued and fully paid-up share capital is described in note 23 to the Group financial statements. The other reserves 
are described in note 25 to the Group financial statements. Prior year retained earnings have been reclassified as non-distributable to reflect the 
restrictions noted above.

96

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

97

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Company financial statements continued

For the year to 30 December 2010

H  Bank loans

Fair value 
Current borrowings 
Non-current borrowings 

Total borrowings 

2010 
£m 
– 
– 

– 

2009 
£m
0.1
7.2

7.3 

The Company’s borrowings were repaid during the year following the sale of the Group property on which they were secured.

I 

Principal subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

:

3

Incorporated/registered and operating in Great Britain 
Capital & Regional Earnings Limited 
Capital & Regional Income Limited 
Capital & Regional Holdings Limited 
Capital & Regional Property Management Limited 
Capital & Regional Units LLP 
Morrison Merlin Limited 
SNO!zone Limited 
SNO!zone (Braehead) Limited 
The Auchinlea Partnership 
X-Leisure Limited 
Xscape Braehead Partnership 
The FIX UK Limited Partnership 
Incorporated/registered and operating in Germany 
Garigal Asset Management GmbH 
Incorporated/registered and operating in Jersey 
Capital & Regional Capital Partner Limited 
Capital & Regional Hemel Hempstead (Jersey) Limited 
Capital & Regional (Europe Holding 5) Limited 
Capital & Regional (Europe LP) Limited 
Capital & Regional (Europe LP 2) Limited 
Capital & Regional (Europe LP 3) Limited 
Capital & Regional (Europe LP 4) Limited 
Capital & Regional (Europe LP 5) Limited 
Capital & Regional (Europe LP 6) Limited 
Euro B-Note Holding Limited 
The Mall Unit Trust 
The Junction Unit Trust 
The X-Leisure Unit Trust  
Incorporated/registered in Jersey and operating in Great Britain 
Capital & Regional (Jersey) Limited 
Capital & Regional Overseas Holdings Limited 

Nature of 
business 

Share of 
voting 
rights

Property management 
Property investment 
 Property investment and management 
Property management 
Property investment  
Property trading 
Operator of indoor ski slopes 
Operator of indoor ski slopes 
Property investment 
Property management 
Property investment  
Property investment 

100%
100%
100%*
100%
100%
100%*
100%
100%
50%
50%
50%
20%

Property management 

30.06%

Property investment  
Property investment  
Property investment 
Property investment  
Property investment  
Property investment  
Property investment  
Property investment  
Property investment  
Finance 
Property investment 
Property investment 
Property investment 

100%
100%*
100%
50%*
50%*
50%*
50%*
50%*
50%*
49.90%*
16.72%
13.29%
11.93%

Property investment 
Property investment  

100%
100%

*  Held directly by the Company or, in the case of the Europe LPs, part-held directly by the Company and part-held through a subsidiary and in the case of Euro B-Note Holding 

Limited, part held through a subsidiary and part held through the ESOT

The shares of voting rights are equivalent to the percentages of ordinary shares or units held by the Group. The Mall Unit Trust, The Junction 
Unit Trust and X-Leisure Unit Trust each invest in Limited Partnerships and the Group is regarded as having significant influence on those 
partnerships through its membership of the relevant General Partner boards. 

To avoid a statement of excessive length, details of investments which are not significant have been omitted. All of the above principal 
subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures have been consolidated in the Group financial statements. Investments in associates and joint 
ventures are analysed in notes 16d and 16e to the Group financial statements.

98

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

99

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Glossary of terms

CRPM is Capital & Regional Property Management Limited, a subsidiary of 
Capital & Regional plc, which earns management and performance fees from 
The Mall, The Junction and certain other associates and joint ventures of the 
Group. It also owns the Group’s 50% share in X-Leisure Limited, which 
earns management and performance fees from the X-Leisure fund.

Contracted rent is passing rent and the first rent reserved under a lease 
or unconditional agreement for lease but which is not yet payable by  
a tenant. 

Contribution is net rent less net interest, including unhedged foreign 
exchange movements.

Capital return is the change in value during the period for properties 
held at the balance sheet date, after taking account of capital 
expenditure and exchange translation movements, calculated on  
a time weighted basis. 

Debt is borrowings, excluding unamortised issue costs.

EPRA earnings per share (EPS) is the profit/(loss) after tax excluding 
gains on asset disposals and revaluations, movements in the fair value  
of financial instruments, intangible asset movements and the capital 
allowance effects of IAS 12 “Income Taxes” where applicable, less tax 
arising on these items, divided by the weighted average number of  
shares in issue during the year excluding own shares held.

EPRA net assets per share include the dilutive effect of share-based 
payments but ignore the fair value of derivatives, any deferred tax 
provisions on unrealised gains and capital allowances, any adjustment  
to the fair value of borrowings net of tax and any surplus on the fair value 
of trading properties.

EPRA triple net assets per share include the dilutive effect of share-
based payments and adjust all items to market value, including trading 
properties and fixed rate debt.

Estimated rental value (ERV) is the Group’s external valuers’ opinion as 
to the open market rent which, on the date of valuation, could reasonably 
be expected to be obtained on a new letting or rent review of a unit  
or property.

ERV growth is the total growth in ERV on properties owned throughout 
the year including growth due to development.

Garigal is Garigal Asset Management GmbH, an associate of the Group, 
which earns management and performance fees from the German  
joint venture.

Gearing is the Group’s debt as a percentage of net assets. See-through 
gearing includes the Group’s share of non-recourse debt in associates  
and joint ventures.

Interest rate cover (ICR) is the ratio of either (i) recurring profit (before 
interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation); or (ii) net rental income to 
the interest charge.

IPD is Independent Property Databank Limited, a company that produces 
an independent benchmark of property returns.

Like-for-like figures exclude the impact of property purchases and sales 
on year to year comparatives.

Loan to value (LTV) is the ratio of debt excluding fair value adjustments 
for debt and derivatives, to the fair value of properties (excluding 
adjustments for tenant incentives and head leases).

Market value is an opinion of the best price at which the sale of  
an interest in a property would complete unconditionally for cash 
consideration on the date of valuation as determined by the Group’s 
external or internal valuers. In accordance with usual practice, the valuers 
report valuations net, after the deduction of the prospective purchaser’s 
costs, including stamp duty, agent and legal fees.

Net assets per share (NAV) are shareholders’ funds divided by the 
number of shares held by shareholders at the period end, excluding own 
shares held.

Net debt to property value is debt less cash and cash equivalents 
divided by the property value (including adjustments tenant incentives 
and head leases)

Net initial yield (NIY) is the annualised net rent generated by  
the portfolio expressed as a percentage of the portfolio valuation, 
excluding development properties, which is in line with EPRA’s best 
practice recommendations. 

Net interest is the Group’s share, on a see-through basis, of the interest 
payable less interest receivable of the Group and its associates and  
joint ventures.

Net rent is the Group’s share, on a see-through basis, of the rental 
income, less property and management costs (excluding performance 
fees) of the Group and its associates and joint ventures.

Nominal equivalent yield is a weighted average of the net initial  
yield and reversionary yield and represents the return a property will 
produce based upon the timing of the income received, assuming rent 
received annually in arrears on gross values including the prospective 
purchaser’s costs.

Passing rent is gross rent currently payable by tenants including car 
park profit but excluding income from non-trading administrations and 
any assumed uplift from outstanding rent reviews.

Property under management (PUM) is the valuation of properties for 
which CRPM, X-Leisure Limited or Garigal is the asset manager.

Recurring pre-tax profit is the total of Contribution, the Group’s share of 
management fees less fixed management expenses earned by CRPM, 
X-Leisure Limited and Garigal, the profit from SNO!zone and any central 
costs and interest.

Return on equity is the total return, including revaluation gains and 
losses, divided by opening equity plus time weighted additions to and 
reductions in share capital, excluding share options exercised.

Reversionary percentage is the percentage by which the ERV exceeds 
the passing rent.

Reversionary yield is the anticipated yield to which the net initial yield 
will rise once the rent reaches the ERV.

See-through balance sheet is the pro forma proportionately 
consolidated balance sheet of the Group and its associates and  
joint ventures.

See-through income statement is the pro forma proportionately 
consolidated income statement of the Group and its associates and  
joint ventures.

Temporary lettings are those lettings for less than one year.

Topped-up net initial yield is the net initial yield adjusted for the 
expiration of rent-free periods or other unexpired lease incentives.

Total return is the Group’s total recognised income or expense for the 
year as set out in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income 
expressed as a percentage of opening equity shareholders’ funds.

Total shareholder return (TSR) is a performance measure of the Group’s 
share price over time. It is calculated as the share price movement from 
the beginning of the period to the end of the period plus dividends paid, 
divided by share price at the beginning of the period 

Vacancy rate is the ERV of vacant properties expressed as a percentage 
of the total ERV of the portfolio, excluding development properties, in line 
with EPRA’s best practice recommendations.

Variable overhead includes discretionary bonuses and the costs of 
awards to directors and employees made under the 2008 LTIP, Matching 
Share Agreement, COIP and SAYE Scheme, which are spread over the 
performance period.

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

99

n
o
i
t
a
m
r
o
f
n
i

r
e
h
t
O

:

4

98

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

 
 
Five-year review

For the period 31 December 2005 to 30 December 2010

Balance sheet 
Property assets 
Other non-current assets 
Intangible assets 
Investment in joint ventures 
Investment in associates 
Cash at bank 
Other current liabilities 
Bank loans greater than one year 
Convertible Unsecured Loan Stock 
Other non-current liabilities 

Net assets 

Financed by 
Called up share capital 
Share premium account 
Revaluation reserve 
Other reserves 
Retained earnings/(loss) 

Capital employed 

Return on equity  
Return on equity (%) 
Increase/(decrease) in net assets per share + dividend (%) 
Total shareholder return 
Period end share price (pence) 
Total return 
Total comprehensive income/(expense) 
Net assets per share (pence) 
– Basic net assets per share (restated)* 
– EPRA triple net assets per share (restated)* 
– EPRA net assets per share (restated)* 
EPRA triple net assets per share growth (%) (restated)* 
Gearing (%) 
Gearing (%) on a see-through basis 

Income statement 
Group revenue 

Gross profit 

Profit/(loss) on ordinary activities before financing 
Net interest payable 

Profit/(loss) on ordinary activities before tax 
Tax (charge)/credit 

n
o
i
t
a
m
r
o
f
n
i

r
e
h
t
O

:

4

Profit/(loss) after tax 

Recurring pre-tax profit 
Fully taxed recurring dividend cover (x) 
Interest cover (x) 
Earnings per share (pence) 
– Basic (restated)* 
– Diluted (restated)* 
– EPRA (restated)* 
Dividends per share 
Dividend cover (x) 

2010 
£m 

80.8 
27.1 
1.9 
25.7 
110.8 
25.7 
(10.2) 
(68.8) 
– 
(18.5) 

174.5 

9.9 
– 
– 
147.9 
16.7 

174.5 

2009 
£m 

94.4 
26.3 
2.6 
30.3 
76.4 
17.5 
(25.7) 
(78.6) 
– 
(13.4) 

129.8 

9.9 
– 
– 
148.3 
(28.4) 

129.8 

2008 
£m 

98.9  
31.7  
4.2  
34.4  
182.3  
4.1  
(72.9) 
(93.8) 
– 
(2.8) 

186.1  

7.1  
220.5  
– 
8.5  
(50.0) 

186.1  

2007 
£m 

790.0  
9.0  
12.2  
12.0  
599.4  
37.1  
(99.3) 
(622.4) 
– 
(35.0) 

703.0  

7.1  
219.7  
2.4  
6.6  
467.2  

703.0  

2006 
£m

621.8 
1.2 
12.2 
67.6 
685.4 
35.5 
(5.9)
(456.8)
(1.3)
(46.6)

913.1 

7.2 
219.5 
2.7 
7.0 
676.7 

913.1 

33.9% 
35.1% 
(2.2)% 
33p 

(64.3)% 
(72.3)% 
(24.7)% 
34p 

(71.5)% 
(62.2)% 
(77.4)% 
45p 

(18.1)% 
(14.2)% 
(73.0)% 
392p 

31.6%
30.8%
81.0%
1542p

44.0 

(119.7) 

(502.7) 

(165.1) 

223.9 

50p 
50p 
57p 
35.1% 
40.4% 
305.0% 

37p 
37p 
47p 
(72.3)% 
61.9% 
508.7% 

130p 
133p 
174p 
(73.4)% 
60.5% 
449.2% 

491p 
499p 
501p 
(21.1)% 
88.0% 
190.0% 

30.7 

20.3 

52.6 
(6.2) 

46.4 
(2.0) 

44.4 

14.9 
– 
3.0 

13p 
13p 
4p 
– 
– 

37.8 

21.8 

(105.1) 
(8.3) 

(113.4) 
(6.3) 

(119.7) 

17.5 
– 
2.8 

(59)p 
(59)p 
1p 
– 
– 

65.4  

23.7  

(478.5) 
(37.8) 

(516.3) 
14.1  

(502.2) 

27.6  
5.6  
1.2  

(355)p 
(355)p 
(39)p 
5p 
– 

34.0  

14.9  

(131.0) 
(36.0) 

(167.0) 
0.2  

(166.8) 

32.7  
1.2  
1.2  

(117)p 
(117)p 
19p 
27p 
– 

626p
632p
628p
28.9%
50.0%
125.0%

132.1 

116.6 

274.5 
(23.6)

250.9 
(28.6)

222.3 

32.3 
1.2 
2.1 

157p
154p
23p
26p
1.8 

*  Historic figures are not amended for subsequent changes of accounting policies, but these items have been restated from the previously published figures to reflect the 

impact of the open offer element of the Group’s capital raising in 2009

100

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

101

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EPRA performance measures

At 30 December 2010

EPRA earnings (£m) 
EPRA earnings per share 
EPRA net assets (£m) 
EPRA net assets per share 
EPRA triple net assets (£m) 
EPRA triple net assets per share 
EPRA net initial yield 
EPRA topped-up net initial yield 
EPRA vacancy rate (UK portfolio only) 

Reconciliation of EPRA net initial yield and EPRA topped-up net initial yield

Investment property – wholly owned  
Investment property – share of joint ventures and associates  
Trading property  
Less developments  

Completed property portfolio  
Allowance for capital costs  
Allowance for estimated purchasers’ costs  

Grossed up completed property portfolio valuation  

Annualised cash passing rental income  
Property outgoings  

Annualised net rents  
Add: notional rent expiration of rent free periods or other lease incentives   

Topped up annualised rent  

EPRA net initial yield  
EPRA topped-up net initial yield  

Property under management information

At 30 December 2010

2010 
12.4 

4p 

199.4 

57p 

173.6 

50p 
6.9% 
7.0% 
4.6% 

2010 
£m 
9.8  
614.6 
72.0 
(6.7) 

689.7 
11.8 
39.1 

740.6 

55.0 
(4.2) 

50.8 
1.2 

52.0 

2009
1.4

1p

162.8

47p

128.2

37p
7.3%
7.4%
5.6%

2009 
£m
10.0
679.4
71.9
(7.1)

754.2
11.2
42.6

808.0

63.8
(4.9)

58.9
0.9

59.8

6.9% 
7.0% 

7.3%
7.4%

n
o
i
t
a
m
r
o
f
n
i

r
e
h
t
O

:

4

Property under management 
Wholly owned 
Associates 
Joint ventures 
Other property 

Total  

  30 December 
2010 
£m 
82 
2,132 
547 
71 

30 December 
2009 
£m 
84 
2,408 
648 
– 

30 December 
2008 
£m 
88  
3,147  
750  
– 

30 December 
2007 
£m 
775 
5,186  
174  
– 

30 December 
2006 
£m
606
5,522 
329 
–

2,832 

3,140 

3,985  

6,135  

6,457 

Figures exclude adjustments to property valuations for tenant incentives and head leases treated as finance leases. Trading properties are 
included at the lower of cost and net realisable value.

Other property represents the Ilford shopping centre, which was sold by The Mall in June 2010 but which was still managed by CRPM on a short- 
term contract with the new owners through to 31 January 2011. The property was not valued at 30 December 2010 so is shown at its sale price.

100

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

101

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Covenant information

At 30 December 2010

See-through 
borrowings 
£m 

Covenant 

30 December 
2010 

Future changes

n/a 
4% 
876% 

88% 

157% 

n/a 
439% 

n/a 

161% 

60% 

156% 

 From 31 December 2012 reducing in stages to 80%  
by 30 June 2013

LTV holiday until February 2011

 Effective from December 2011 and then reducing  
in stages to 65% by December 2014

 From 1 October 2011 reducing in stages to 65% by  
1 October 2012 
Until 1 July 2012 and then 135%

From 1 January 2011 reducing to 75%

Core revolving credit facility
Asset cover 
Gearing 
ICR 

– 
– 
– 

Greater than 200% 
Less than 200% 
Greater than 150% 

The Great Northern facility 
LTV 

63.6 

100% 

ICR 

– 

Greater than 135% 

The Hemel Hempstead facility
LTV 
ICR 

6.9 
– 

75% 
Greater than 150% 

The Mall
LTV 

ICR 

The Junction
LTV 

ICR 

Germany
LTV
Portfolio 1 
Portfolio 2 
Portfolio 3 
Portfolio 4 
Portfolio 5 
Portfolio 6 
ICR 
Portfolio 1 
Portfolio 2 
Portfolio 3 
Portfolio 4 
Portfolio 5 
Portfolio 6 

n
o
i
t
a
m
r
o
f
n
i

r
e
h
t
O

:

4

138.4 

83%  

– 

Greater than 130% 

38.4 

80% 

– 

Greater than 130% 

17.2 
30.2 
47.9 
69.9 
20.4 
15.6 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

80% 
87%–93% 
n/a 
85% 
81% 
n/a 

Greater than 150% 
Greater than 150% 
Greater than 160% 
Greater than 125% 
Greater than 120% 
Greater than 140% 

63%–74% 
78% 
n/a 
81% 
80% 
n/a 

180%–359% 
170% 
220% 
146% 
177% 
151%–181% 

X-Leisure
LTV (central facility) 

35.6 

90% 

ICR 

– 

Greater than 130% 

FIX UK
No covenant 
LTV
Senior A 

Senior B 

ICR
Senior A 
Senior B 

Braehead
LTV  

ICR 

2.2 

19.9 

3.2 

80% 

90% 

– 
– 

Greater than 120% 
Greater than 100% 

22.8 

90% 

– 

Greater than 120% 

532.2 

56% 

177% 

n/a 

n/a 

144% 
123% 

n/a 

189% 

 From 1 January 2011, reduced to 85% and then  
tiered decreases to 65% from 1 July 2013
 Until March 2012 and then tiered increases to 150%  
at 1 April 2013

 LTV holiday until September 2011 and then 80% 
reducing to 75% from July 2012
 LTV holiday until September 2011 and then 90% 
reducing to 85% from July 2012

Until 22 January 2012 and then 130%
Until 22 January 2012 and then 110%

 LTV holiday until 31 March 2012 then 90% and 
reducing to 80% from 31 March 2013

102

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

103

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fund portfolio information (100% figures)

At 30 December 2010

The Mall 

The Junction 

X-Leisure 

Physical data
Number of properties 
Number of lettable units 
Lettable space (sq feet – ‘000s) 

Valuation data
Properties at independent valuation (£m) 
Adjustments for head leases and tenant incentives (£m) 

Properties as shown in the financial statements (£m) 
Revaluation in the year (£m) 
Initial yield 
Equivalent yield 
Geared return 
Property level return 
IPD benchmark return 
Reversionary 
Loan to value ratio 
Net debt to value ratio 

Lease length (years)
Weighted average lease length to break 
Weighted average lease length to expiry 

Passing rent (£m) of leases expiring in: 
2011  
2012  
2013-2015 
ERV (£m) of leases expiring in:  
2011  
2012  
2013-2015 
Passing rent (£m) subject to review in: 
2011  
2012  
2013-2015 
ERV (£m) of passing rent subject to review in: 
2011  
2012  
2013-2015 

Rental Data
Contracted rent at year end (£m) 
Passing rent at year end (£m) 
ERV at year end (£m per annum) 
Rental increase (ERV)% 
Vacancy rate (%) 

Like-for-like net rental income under UK GAAP(100%) 
Current year net rental income (£m) 
Properties owned throughout 2009/2010 
Disposals 

Net rental income 

Prior year net rental income (£m)
Properties owned throughout 2009/2010 
Disposals 

Net rental income 

Other Data
Unit Price (£1.00 at inception) 
Group share 

102

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

12 
1,540 
5,580 

1,128 
61 

1,189 
106 
6.98% 
7.81% 
43.20% 
18.88% 
16.90% 
17.0% 
73.4% 
60.1% 

9.33 
9.54 

7.80 
5.28 
23.25 

10.88 
5.70 
24.58 

18.99 
8.22 
19.49 

17.18 
7.53 
20.32 

9 
118 
2,122 

476 
(17) 

459 
23 
5.77% 
6.82% 
14.81% 
12.97% 
16.30% 
15.1% 
60.2% 
57.1% 

16 
311 
3,071 

528 
(7) 

521 
68 
7.02% 
7.84% 
45.98% 
22.09% 
18.40% 
6.6% 
56.5% 
52.7% 

11.68 
12.04 

14.55 
15.82 

0.05 
0.04 
3.18 

0.89 
0.41 
3.30 

2.94 
2.68 
21.90 

2.94 
2.67 
21.92 

0.63 
0.41 
1.23 

0.82 
0.45 
1.43 

19.52 
4.44 
15.01 

20.88 
4.49 
15.43 

41.28 
40.69 
43.38 

0.02% 
4.67% 

35.5 
2.4 

37.9 

34.0 
6.6 

40.6 

German 
Portfolio

48
207
5,008

496
–

496
–
6.69%
n/a
13.70%
5.69%
n/a
n/a
81.8%
76.9%

6.55
6.55

0.70
2.40
15.4

n/a
n/a
n/a

n/a
n/a
n/a

n/a
n/a
n/a

n/a
37.36
n/a
n/a
3.30%

31.1
0.2

31.3

32.8
0.7

33.5

n
o
i
t
a
m
r
o
f
n
i

r
e
h
t
O

:

4

100.18 
94.99 
111.15 

(4.97)% 
4.25% 

30.78 
28.82 
33.16 
(5.18)% 
2.72% 

79.5 
9.8 

89.3 

75.3 
33.3 

108.6 

27.1 
4.0 

31.1 

26.5 
14.2 

40.7 

£0.4100 

£0.3053 

£0.3087 

16.72% 

13.29% 

11.93% 

n/a
49.60%

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

103

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Property information

At 30 December 2010

The Mall properties

Property 

Description 

Valued at £125m plus

The Mall, Luton 

The Mall, Wood Green 

 Leasehold covered shopping centre on  
two floors, offices extending to over 
65,000 sq ft 

 Freehold, partially open shopping  
centre, on two floors with nearly  
40,000 sq ft of offices 

Valued at £75m to £125m

Size 
Retail 
(sq feet) 

906,000 

550,000 

Car park 

spaces  Principal occupiers 

2,300  Debenhams, Boots, Primark, Next, Top Shop  
  and Top Man, Marks & Spencer, Wilkinsons,  
  River Island, Argos, TK Maxx 

1,500  Primark, Cineworld, TK Maxx, Wilkinson, 
  Peacocks, H&M, HMV, Boots, Argos,  
  WH Smith, New Look 

Units

163 

158 

 Leasehold partially covered  
shopping centre on three floors 

600,000 

1,304  Primark, Debenhams, Next, H&M, New Look, 
  Peacocks, JD Sports, Tesco, Boots, Argos  

141 

The Mall, Blackburn 

The Mall, Maidstone 

The Mall, Middlesbrough 

The Mall, Norwich 

 Freehold covered shopping centre on  
three floors with offices extending 
to 40,000 sq ft

 Freehold single level covered shopping  
centre with offices extending to over  
50,000 sq ft 

 Freehold covered shopping centre  
on six floors 

The Mall, Sutton Coldfield   Freehold partially open shopping centre  
on a single level with offices extending  
to approximately 30,000 sq ft 

The Mall, Camberley 

 Part leasehold covered shopping centre  
on one floor 

The Mall, Walthamstow 

 Freehold covered shopping centre  
on two floors 

500,000 

1,050  Boots, BHS, TJ Hughes, Wilkinson, New Look, 

122 

  Sportsworld 

430,000 

550  Boots, BHS, WH Smith, Top Shop, New Look, 

95 

  H&M, Barclays 

375,000 

800  Argos, Boots, TK Maxx, Mothercare, New Look, 

132 

  Vue Cinemas 

545,000 

960  House of Fraser, BHS, Marks & Spencer, H&M, 

132 

  Boots, Argos, WH Smith 

390,000 

1,040  Argos, Boots, Sainsbury’s, River Island, 

188 

  House of Fraser, Primark 

260,000 

870  Asda, BHS, Boots, Dixons, HMV, Top Shop, 

72 

  Top Man, River Island 

n
o
i
t
a
m
r
o
f
n
i

r
e
h
t
O

:

4

Valued at £75m or less

The Mall, Barnsley 

The Mall, Bristol* 

The Mall, Uxbridge 

*Sold since the year end

 Leasehold covered shopping centre  
on two floors 

 Leasehold covered shopping centre  
on three floors 

 Leasehold single level covered shopping  
centre with 40,000 sq ft of offices 

180,000 

495  TK Maxx, Wilkinson, Next, Primark, Iceland 

49 

332,000 

1,000  TK Maxx, Boots, Argos, WH Smith, Waterstones  165 

365,000 

1,150  Marks & Spencer, Tesco, TK Maxx, Peacocks, 

123 

  Wilkinsons, Argos, Iceland 

104

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

105

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Junction properties

Property 

Description 

Size 
(sq feet) 

Car park 

spaces  Principal occupiers 

Units

Valued at above £100m

The Junction Thurrock  
Shopping Park, Essex 

Open A1 non-food & leisure retail park 

554,000 

2,398  Best Buy, Decathlon, M&S Outlet, Asda Living, 

32 

  TK Maxx, Furniture Village 

Valued at £50m to £100m

The Junction Imperial  
Park, Bristol 

Mixed bulky and open A1 non-food 
retail warehouse park 

339,000 

1,200  B&Q, Tesco Home Plus, Next, DW Sports, Argos 

21 

Bulky retail warehouse park 

167,000 

551  Homebase, Comet, BHS, Halfords, Currys 

9 

Mixed bulky and open A1 non-food 
retail warehouse park, adjacent to  
a Morrisons supermarket 

339,000 

1,042  B&Q, TK Maxx, Next, New Look, Sportsworld 

18 

Open A1 non-food retail warehouse park 

313,000 

1,343  Next, Tesco Home Plus, Arcadia, TK Maxx, Boots  19 

Bulky retail warehouse park 

170,000 

705  Homebase, Currys, Halfords, Toys R Us 

Mixed use development site with consent 
for bulky and open A1 non-food retail  
and leisure 

– 

n/a  – 

Bulky retail warehouse park 

185,000 

694  B&Q, DFS, Comet 

Renfrew Retail Park,  
Renfrewshire 

Mixed bulky retail warehouse and 
industrial scheme

57,000 

n/a  Pets at Home 

9 

– 

6 

4 

n
o
i
t
a
m
r
o
f
n
i

r
e
h
t
O

:

4

The Junction South  
Aylesford Retail Park,  
Maidstone 

The Junction Morfa  
Shopping Park, Swansea 

The Junction Telford  
Forge Shopping Park, 
Telford 

The Junction Ocean  
Retail Park, Portsmouth* 

Valued at below £50m

Broadwell Industrial  
Estate, Oldbury 

The Junction  
Abbotsinch Retail  
Park, Paisley 

*Sold since the year end

German properties

Property 

Description 

Valued at €50 million to €100 million

Dortmund 

Lübeck 

Retail park 

Retail park 

Valued at €20 million to €50 million

Bremen Haferwende 

Logistics 

Cottbus 

Tönisvorst 

Hameln 

Moerfelden 

Trier – Kenn 

Retail park 

Retail park 

Retail park 

Retail park 

Hypermarket 

Size 
(sq m) 

33,800 

29,100 

54,400 

29,900 

20,600 

16,800 

12,200 

11,600 

  Principal occupiers 

JV share

  Real 

  Coop/Plaza 

  Metro 

  Praktiker & Roller 

  Real 

  Kaufland 

  Rewe 

  Real 

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

95%

100%

100%

104

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

105

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Principal occupiers 

JV share

Property information continued

At 30 December 2010

German properties continued

Property 

Description 

Valued at €10 million to €20 million

Brühl 

Sinzheim 

Ingelheim 

Koln Gremberg 

Herne 

Hypermarket 

Hypermarket 

Hypermarket 

Hypermarket 

Hypermarket 

Bochum Langendreer 

Hypermarket 

Rangsdorf 

Lauchhammer 

Oschersleben 

Marl 

Krefeld 

Stadthagen 

Balingen 

Furniture store 

Retail park 

Retail park 

Retail park 

DIY 

DIY 

DIY 

Valued at less than €10 million

Elchingen 

Sobernheim 

Leverkusen 

Kreuztal 

Heide 

Magdeburg 

Hypermarket 

Supermarket 

Supermarket 

Supermarket 

Supermarket 

Supermarket 

Kirchheimbolanden 

Supermarket 

Size 
(sq m) 

17,500 

16,500 

10,200 

8,300 

7,400 

6,400 

18,500 

17,700 

10,500 

8,800 

11,700 

10,900 

7,500 

7,400 

7,400 

6,600 

6,400 

4,600 

3,000 

2,500 

  Real 

  Real 

  Real 

  Real 

  Rewe & Toom 

  Kaufland 

  Roller 

  Marktkauf 

  Marktkauf & Toom 

  Kaufland 

  Praktiker 

  Hagebau 

  Toom 

  Real 

  Real 

  Edeka & Total 

  – 

  Aldi 

  Edeka 

  HIT Handelsgruppe 

Supermarket 

2,400 

  Rewe 

n
o
i
t
a
m
r
o
f
n
i

r
e
h
t
O

:

4

Bremen –  
Buntentorsteinweg 

Bremen – 
Mahndorfer 

Taufkirchen 

Velten 

Herford 

Bonn 

Hosbach 

Aachen 

Wesel 

Langburkersdorf 

Supermarket 

Supermarket & Retail 

Supermarket & Leisure 

Supermarket & Leisure 

Logistics 

DIY 

DIY 

Retail 

Retail 

Hamburg – Wandesbek 

Retail 

Jessen 

Senftenberg 

Retail 

Retail 

Bochum – Wattenscheid  Retail 

Kirchweyhe 

Philippsthal 

Duisburg 

Hochdahl 

Koln Berliner 

Kirchheim 

Retail 

Retail 

Retail & residential units 

Retail & residential units 

Retail & residential units 

Petrol station 

106

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

1,200 

5,000 

3,100 

2,400 

5,800 

  Metro 

  Rewe & AWG 

  Rewe & Karin Raschke 

  Senyurt & Drei Groschen Spiel 

  Kaufland 

14,700 

  Globus Fachmarkte 

2,800 

3,100 

5,100 

3,000 

1,500 

1,100 

  Praktiker 

  Massa 

  – 

  Massa 

  TIP Discount Verwaltungs 

  TIP Discount Verwaltungs 

10,000 

   Gota Tapeten 

1,900 

900 

2,600 

800 

500 

2,400 

  Torsten Leschke - Fitnessanlage 

  BF Tec 

  Schlecker 

  – 

  Schlecker 

  Real 

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

89%

100%

95%

95%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

95%

100%

94%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

95%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

107

 
 
 
 
 
X-Leisure properties

Property 

Description 

Valued at above £50m

Brighton Marina,  
Brighton 

Xscape Milton Keynes 

Valued at £25m to £50m

Retail, leisure and residential property,  
with a working harbour and yacht  
moorings 

Leisure and retail property anchored  
by one of the UK’s largest indoor  
real snow slopes 

Size 
(sq feet) 

  Principal occupiers 

335,000 

  Cine UK, Bowlplex, David Lloyd 

424,000 

  SNO!zone, Cineworld, Virgin Active,  
  Spirit Group, Ellis Brigham, Luminar Leisure 

Cambridge Leisure Park,   Leisure property with a multiplex cinema,  149,000 
Cambridge 

health club, bowling, hotel, bars and  
restaurants 

  Cine UK, LA Fitness, Ten Pin 

Units

75 

39 

19 

Xscape Castleford 

Leisure and retail property anchored by  
one of the UK’s largest indoor real  
snow slopes 

363,000 

  SNO!zone, Cine UK, Bowlplex, Ellis Brigham 

43 

Fountain Park, Edinburgh  Leisure property with a multiplex cinema,   238,000 

Cardigan Fields, Leeds 

bowling, health and fitness, and bars 
and restaurants

Leisure property with a cinema, bowling,  
health club and restaurants plus two  
industrial units 

  Cine UK, Tenpin, Virgin Active, Mecca Bingo, 
   Genting Casinos 

12 

216,000 

  Vue, Hollywood Bowl, Virgin Active, Spirit Group  14 

Parrs Wood, Manchester  Leisure property with restaurants, health   232,000 

  Cine UK, Virgin Active, Ten Pin 

and fitness, bowling, multiplex cinema,  
bingo, children’s entertainment and  
a hotel 

Riverside, Norwich 

Tower Park, Poole 

Valued at below £25m

Queens Links, Aberdeen 

Eureka Park, Ashford 

Leisure property with bars, restaurants,  
nightclubs, multiplex cinema and bowling 

210,000 

  Odeon Cinema, Hollywood Bowl, 
  Luminar Leisure

Leisure property with a multiplex cinema,   199,000 
bowling, bingo, health club, water park  
and family restaurants 

  Empire, Bowlplex, LA Fitness 

Leisure property with a cinema 
and restaurants 

129,000 

  Cine UK, Gala 

Leisure property with a multiplex cinema,   120,000 
family restaurants, health & fitness,  
nightclub and hotel 

  Cine UK, Travelodge, Bannatyne 

88,000 

  Vue Cinema, Hollywood Bowl 

Great North Leisure Park,   Leisure property with a multiplex cinema, 
bowling, restaurants and a local authority  
North Finchley, London 
swimming pool 

West India Quay,  
Docklands London (50%)  multiplex cinema, health and fitness  
centres and the Museum of Docklands

Leisure property with bars, restaurants,  

72,000 

  Cine UK, LA Fitness, Tattersall Castle Group 

17 

11 

15 

17 

10 

9 

7 

n
o
i
t
a
m
r
o
f
n
i

r
e
h
t
O

:

4

106

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

107

Lockmeadow, Maidstone  Leisure property with a multiplex cinema,   139,000 

  Odeon Cinema, Luminar Leisure, David Lloyd 

9 

health and fitness, family restaurants,  
nightclubs and bars, as well as the  
700 year old Maidstone market 

Boldon Leisure Park,  
Tyneside 

Leisure property with a cinema 
and restaurants 

57,000 

  Cine UK 

Bentley Bridge,  
Wolverhampton 

Leisure property with a multiplex cinema, 
restaurants and canal-side pub 

99,000 

  Cine UK, AMF Bowling 

4 

10 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Property information continued

At 30 December 2010

Other properties

Property 

Description 

Valued at above £50m

Great Northern 
Warehouse, Manchester 

Xscape Braehead (50%) 

Valued at below £50m

Leisure World,  
Hemel Hempstead 

Size 
(sq feet) 

399,000 

  Principal occupiers 

Units

Freehold leisure property with multiplex  
cinema, nightclub and bars, health and  
fitness, restaurants and shops

  AMC Cinema, Virgin Active, 
  London Clubs International 

 Freehold covered leisure and retail property  374,000 
anchored by one of the UK’s largest indoor  
real snow slopes

  SNO!zone, Odeon Cinema, Bowlplex,  
  Ellis Brigham 

Freehold covered leisure property with 
cinema, bowling alley, ice rink, waterworld,  
nightclubs and catering 

156,000 

  Luminar Leisure Odeon Cinema 

46 

37 

11 

46 

Waterside Shopping  
Centre, Lincoln* 

Freehold covered shopping centre 
on three floors 

120,000 

  Primark, New Look, Top Shop, Superdrug, 
  Clinton Cards 

* Purchased since the year end

n
o
i
t
a
m
r
o
f
n
i

r
e
h
t
O

:

4

108

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

109

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Explanatory notes of principal changes  
to the Company’s articles of association

1. The company’s objects and memorandum
1.1  

 The provisions regulating the operations of the Company are currently set out in the Company’s memorandum and articles of association. 
The Company’s memorandum contains, among other things, the objects clause which sets out the scope of the activities the Company is 
authorised to undertake. This is drafted to give a wide scope.

1.2    The Companies Act 2006 (the “2006 Act”) significantly reduces the constitutional significance of a company’s memorandum. The 2006 Act 
provides that a memorandum will record only the names of subscribers and the number of shares each subscriber has agreed to take in the 
company. Under the 2006 Act, the objects clause, authorised share capital and all other provisions which are contained in a company’s 
memorandum, for existing companies at 1 October 2009, are deemed to be contained in the company’s articles but the company can 
remove these provisions by special resolution.

1.3    Further, the 2006 Act states that, unless a company’s articles provide otherwise, a company’s objects are unrestricted. This abolishes the 
need for companies to have objects clauses. For this reason, the Company is proposing to remove its objects clause together with all other 
provisions of its memorandum which, by virtue of the 2006 Act, are treated as forming part of the Company’s articles of association as  
of 1 October 2009. Resolution 12(a) confirms the removal of these provisions for the Company. As the effect of this resolution will be to 
remove the statement currently in the Company’s memorandum of association regarding limited liability, the New Articles also contain  
an express statement regarding the limited liability of members.

2. Articles which duplicate statutory provisions
Provisions in the Current Articles which replicate provisions in the 2006 Act are in the main removed in the New Articles and provisions in the 
Current Articles which are inconsistent with the 2006 Act have been removed or amended.

3. Form of resolution
The Current Articles contain a provision that, where for any purpose an ordinary resolution is required, a special or extraordinary resolution is 
also effective and that, where an extraordinary resolution is required, a special resolution is also effective. This provision is being removed in the 
New Articles as the concept of extraordinary resolutions has not been retained under the 2006 Act and the remainder of the provision is 
reflected in full in the 2006 Act.

4. Authorised share capital and unissued shares
The 2006 Act abolishes the requirement for a company to have an authorised share capital and, therefore, all reference to authorised share 
capital in the Current Articles have been removed. Directors will still be limited as to the number of shares they can allot because allotment 
authority continues to be required under the 2006 Act, save in respect of employee share schemes.

5. Redeemable shares
Under the Companies Act 1985, if a company wished to issue redeemable shares, it had to include in its articles the terms and manner of 
redemption. The 2006 Act enables directors to determine the terms and manner of redemption of redeemable shares provided they are so 
authorised by the articles or by a resolution of the company. Such an authorisation is now included in the New Articles. The Company has  
no plans to issue redeemable shares but if it did so the directors would need shareholders’ authority to issue new shares in the usual way.

n
o
i
t
a
m
r
o
f
n
i

r
e
h
t
O

:

4

6. Authority to purchase own shares, consolidate and sub-divide shares and reduce share capital
Under the Companies Act 1985, a company required specific enabling provisions in its articles to purchase its own shares, to consolidate or 
sub-divide its shares and to reduce its share capital or other undistributable reserves as well as shareholder authority to undertake the relevant 
action. The Current Articles include these enabling provisions. Under the 2006 Act a company will only require shareholder authority to do any 
of these things and it will no longer be necessary for articles to contain enabling provisions. Accordingly, the relevant enabling provisions have 
been removed in the New Articles.

7. Variation of class rights
The Current Articles contain provision regarding the variation of class rights. The proceedings and specific quorum requirements for a meeting 
convened to vary class rights are contained in the 2006 Act. The relevant provisions have therefore been amended in the New Articles to reflect 
the 2006 Act.

8. Suspension of registration of share transfers
The Current Articles permit the directors to suspend the registration of transfers. Under the 2006 Act, share transfers must be registered as soon 
as practicable. The power in the Current Articles to suspend the registration of transfers is inconsistent with this requirement. Accordingly, this 
power has been removed in the New Articles.

108

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

109

 
 
Explanatory notes of principal changes  
to the Company’s articles of association continued

9. Notice of general meetings
The Companies (Shareholders’ Rights) Regulations 2009 (the “Shareholders’ Rights Regulations”) amend the 2006 Act to require the company  
to give 21 clear days’ notice of general meetings unless the company offers members an electronic voting facility and a special resolution 
reducing the period of notice to not less than 14 days has been passed. Annual general meetings must be held on 21 clear days’ notice.  
The New Articles amend the provisions of the Current Articles to be consistent with the new requirements.

10. Quorum at general meetings
The Current Articles require three members to be present in person or by proxy for a general meeting to be quorate. The quorum provisions for 
general meetings under the New Articles have been updated to reflect the 2006 Act, which provides for a quorum of two “qualifying persons”, 
including proxies and corporate representatives, but contains provisions that only one proxy or corporate representative of a member can count 
to the quorum where multiple proxies or corporate representatives have been appointed by that member. The New Articles also provide that if a 
quorum is not present within 15 minutes of the time stated for a general meeting, the meeting shall be dissolved.

11. Adjournments for lack of quorum
Under the 2006 Act as amended by the Shareholders’ Rights Regulations, general meetings adjourned for lack of quorum must be held at least 
10 clear days after the original meeting. The New Articles change the provisions of the Current Articles to reflect this requirement.

12. Voting by proxies on a show of hands
The Shareholders’ Rights Regulations have amended the 2006 Act so that it provides that each proxy appointed by a member has one vote on  
a show of hands unless the proxy is appointed by more than one member in which case the proxy has one vote for and one vote against if the 
proxy has been instructed by one or more members to vote for the resolution and by one or more members to vote against the resolution.  
The New Articles remove provisions in the Current Articles dealing with proxy voting on the basis that these are dealt with in the 2006 Act  
and contain a provision clarifying how the provision of the 2006 Act giving a proxy a second vote on a show of hands should apply to 
discretionary authorities.

13. Voting by corporate representatives
The Shareholders’ Rights Regulations have amended the 2006 Act in order to enable multiple representatives appointed by the same corporate 
member to vote in different ways on a show of hands and a poll. The New Articles remove provisions in the Current Articles dealing with voting 
by corporate representatives on the basis that these are dealt with in the 2006 Act.

14. Chairman’s casting vote
The New Articles remove the provision giving the chairman a casting vote in the event of an equality of votes as this is no longer permitted 
under the 2006 Act.

15. Voting record date
Under the 2006 Act as amended by the Shareholders’ Rights Regulations, the Company must determine the right of members to vote at a 
general meeting by reference to the register not more than 48 hours before the time for the holding of the meeting, not taking account of days 
which are not working days. The New Articles remove provisions in the Current Articles dealing with the voting record date on the basis that this 
is dealt with in the 2006 Act.

16. Time limit for receipt of proxies
The time limits for the appointment or termination of a proxy appointment have been altered by the 2006 Act so that the articles cannot provide 
that they should be received more than 48 hours before the meeting or in the case of a poll taken more than 48 hours after the meeting, more 
than 24 hours before the time for the taking of a poll, with weekends and bank holidays being permitted to be excluded for this purpose. The 
New Articles reflect the provision of the 2006 Act.

17. Change of name
Under the Companies Act 1985, a company could only change its name by special resolution. Under the 2006 Act a company is able to change 
its name by other means provided for by its articles. To take advantage of this provision, the New Articles enable the directors to pass a 
resolution to change the Company’s name.

n
o
i
t
a
m
r
o
f
n
i

r
e
h
t
O

:

4

110

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

111

 
 
18. Non-executive directors’ fees
Guidelines from the ABI require that a company’s articles of association contain a monetary cap on the aggregate fees payable to non-executive 
directors. The New Articles provide that the Company’s non-executive directors shall not receive, in aggregate more than £450,000 in any 
financial year. Shareholders will need to approve any increase in this figure by the passing of an ordinary resolution at a general meeting of 
the Company.

As explained in the explanatory notes on the resolution to be proposed at the AGM, the limit of £150,000 per annum, which was approved by 
shareholders in 1997, (such amount being increased in accordance with increases in the Retail Price Index from the date of the adoption of the 
Current Articles) contained in the Current Articles is insufficient.

19. Notice of board meetings
Under the Current Articles, when a director is abroad he can request that notice of directors’ meetings are sent to him at a specified address and 
if he does not do so he is not entitled to receive notice while his is away. This provision has been removed, as modern communications mean 
that there may be no particular obstacle to giving notice to a director who is abroad. 

20. Borrowing powers
No changes are being made in the New Articles to the borrowing powers under the Current Articles.

21. Use of seals
21.1  Under the Companies Act 1985, a company required authority in its articles to have an official seal for use abroad. Under the 2006 Act, 

such authority will no longer be required. Accordingly, the relevant authorisation has been removed in the New Articles.

21.2  The New Articles provide an alternative option for execution of documents (other than share certificates). Under the New Articles, when the 

seal is affixed to a document it may be signed by one authorised person in the presence of a witness, whereas previously the requirement 
was for signature by either a director and the secretary or two directors or such other person or persons as the directors may approve.

22. Records to be kept
The provision in the Current Articles requiring the board to keep accounting records has been removed as this requirement is contained in the 
2006 Act.

23. Notices and communications
Provisions of the 2006 Act enable companies to communicate with members by electronic and/or website communications. The New Articles 
allow communications to members in electronic form and, in addition, they also permit the Company to take advantage of the new provisions 
relating to website communications. Before the Company can communicate with a member by means of website communication, the relevant 
member must be asked individually by the Company to agree that the Company may send or supply documents or information to him by 
means of a website, and the Company must either have received a positive response or have received no response within the period of 28 days 
beginning with the date on which the request was sent. The Company will notify the member (either in writing, or by other permitted means) 
when a relevant document or information is placed on the website and a member can always request a hard copy version of the document  
or information.

n
o
i
t
a
m
r
o
f
n
i

r
e
h
t
O

:

4

24. Distribution of assets otherwise than in cash
The Current Articles contain provisions dealing with the distribution of assets in kind in the event of the Company going into liquidation. These 
provisions have been removed in the New Articles on the grounds that a provision about the powers of liquidators is a matter for insolvency law 
rather than the articles and that the Insolvency Act 1986 confers powers on the liquidator which would enable it to do what is envisaged by the 
Current Articles.

25. General
Generally, the opportunity has been taken to bring clearer and more modern language into the New Articles and in some areas to conform the 
language of the New Articles to that used in the model articles for public companies produced by the Department for Business, Innovation 
and Skills.

110

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

111

 
 
Advisers and corporate information

Principal valuers
CB Richard Ellis Limited
Kingsley House
Wimpole Street
London W1G 0RE

Cushman & Wakefield LLP
43/45 Portman Square
London W1A 3BG

DTZ Debenham Tie Leung Limited
1 Curzon Street
London W1A 5PZ

Jones Lang LaSalle Limited
22 Hanover Square
London W1S 1JA

King Sturge LLP
7 Stratford Place
London WC1C 1ST

Registered number
1399411

Auditors
Deloitte LLP
2 New Street Square
London EC4A 3BZ

Investment bankers/brokers
JP Morgan Cazenove
10 Aldermanbury
London EC2V 7RF

Numis Securities Limited
The London Stock Exchange Building
10 Paternoster Square
London EC4M 7LT

Principal legal advisers
Olswang LLP
90 High Holborn
London WC1V 6XX

Principal lending bankers
Bank of Scotland Plc part of Lloyds Banking Group
25 Gresham Street
London EC2V 7HN

Registered office
52 Grosvenor Gardens
London SW1W 0AU
Telephone: +44 (0)20 7932 8000
Facsimile: +44 (0)20 7802 5600
www.capreg.com

n
o
i
t
a
m
r
o
f
n
i

r
e
h
t
O

:

4

Shareholder information

Registrars
Equiniti Limited
Aspect House
Spencer Road
Lancing
West Sussex BN99 6DA
Telephone: 0845 607 6838

2011 financial calendar
Annual General Meeting 
2011 interim results  
2011 annual results  

June 2011
August 2011
March 2012

112

Capital & Regional Annual Report 2010

 
 
Designed and produced by 85FOUR

Printed in England by Cousin

Cousin is a carbon neutral company with ISO 14001 accreditation: 
it recycles all solvents used in the printing process, making any 
waste pH neutral, and also hold FSC status

Capital & Regional plc
52 Grosvenor Gardens 
London SW1W 0AU 
Telephone: +44 (0)20 7932 8000 
Facsimile: +44 (0)20 7802 5600

www.capreg.com